mirror of
https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git
synced 2024-11-06 00:55:37 +00:00
46562ab4f3
As the third step in dividing functionality between AnimationPlayer and Animation this patch moves the mIsFinishedTransition member and related methods from AnimationPlayer to Animation. At the same time we rename SetFinishedTransition to SetIsFinishedTransition.
6935 lines
242 KiB
C++
6935 lines
242 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 et tw=78: */
|
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
|
|
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/BasicEvents.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
|
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLDocument.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameList.h"
|
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
|
#include "nsIAtom.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSColorUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsView.h"
|
|
#include "nsViewManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsPlaceholderFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsDisplayList.h"
|
|
#include "nsRegion.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsBlockFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsBidiPresUtils.h"
|
|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
|
|
#include "ImageOps.h"
|
|
#include "gfxRect.h"
|
|
#include "gfxContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSRendering.h"
|
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|
#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDocShell.h"
|
|
#include "nsIWidget.h"
|
|
#include "gfxMatrix.h"
|
|
#include "gfxPoint3D.h"
|
|
#include "gfxPrefs.h"
|
|
#include "gfxTypes.h"
|
|
#include "nsTArray.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLCanvasElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsICanvasRenderingContextInternal.h"
|
|
#include "gfxPlatform.h"
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLVideoElement.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLImageElement.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/DOMRect.h"
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
#include "nsIImageLoadingContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
|
|
#include "nsListControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/Element.h"
|
|
#include "nsCanvasFrame.h"
|
|
#include "gfxDrawable.h"
|
|
#include "gfxUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
|
|
#include "nsTextFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontFaceList.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontInflationData.h"
|
|
#include "nsSVGUtils.h"
|
|
#include "SVGTextFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleTransformMatrix.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFrameInlines.h"
|
|
#include "ImageContainer.h"
|
|
#include "nsComputedDOMStyle.h"
|
|
#include "ActiveLayerTracker.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/2D.h"
|
|
#include "gfx2DGlue.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
|
|
#include "UnitTransforms.h"
|
|
#include "TiledLayerBuffer.h" // For TILEDLAYERBUFFER_TILE_SIZE
|
|
#include "ClientLayerManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsRefreshDriver.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
|
|
#include "LayersLogging.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
#include "nsXULPopupManager.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "GeckoProfiler.h"
|
|
#include "nsAnimationManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsTransitionManager.h"
|
|
#include "RestyleManager.h"
|
|
|
|
// Additional includes used on B2G by code in GetOrMaybeCreateDisplayPort().
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GONK
|
|
#include "mozilla/layers/AsyncPanZoomController.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
using namespace mozilla;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::dom;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layers;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layout;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::gfx;
|
|
|
|
using mozilla::image::Angle;
|
|
using mozilla::image::Flip;
|
|
using mozilla::image::ImageOps;
|
|
using mozilla::image::Orientation;
|
|
|
|
#define GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.grid.enabled"
|
|
#define RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.ruby.enabled"
|
|
#define STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.sticky.enabled"
|
|
#define TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.text-align-true-value.enabled"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// TODO: remove, see bug 598468.
|
|
bool nsLayoutUtils::gPreventAssertInCompareTreePosition = false;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
|
|
typedef FrameMetrics::ViewID ViewID;
|
|
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationEmPerLine;
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMinTwips;
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationLineThreshold;
|
|
/* static */ int32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMappingIntercept;
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMaxRatio;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationForceEnabled;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationDisabledInMasterProcess;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sInvalidationDebuggingIsEnabled;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sCSSVariablesEnabled;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sInterruptibleReflowEnabled;
|
|
|
|
static ViewID sScrollIdCounter = FrameMetrics::START_SCROLL_ID;
|
|
|
|
typedef nsDataHashtable<nsUint64HashKey, nsIContent*> ContentMap;
|
|
static ContentMap* sContentMap = nullptr;
|
|
static ContentMap& GetContentMap() {
|
|
if (!sContentMap) {
|
|
sContentMap = new ContentMap();
|
|
}
|
|
return *sContentMap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the pref "layout.css.grid.enabled" changes, this function is invoked
|
|
// to let us update kDisplayKTable, to selectively disable or restore the
|
|
// entries for "grid" and "inline-grid" in that table.
|
|
static void
|
|
GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
ArrayLength(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable;
|
|
static bool sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|
|
|
bool isGridEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
if (!sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of "grid" and "inline-grid" in
|
|
// kDisplayKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_grid,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find grid in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_grid,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find inline-grid in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "grid" entries in kDisplayKTable,
|
|
// depending on whether the grid pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
if (sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isGridEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_grid : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isGridEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_grid : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
ArrayLength(RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable;
|
|
static bool sAreRubyKeywordIndicesInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|
|
|
bool isRubyEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
if (!sAreRubyKeywordIndicesInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of the ruby display values in
|
|
// kDisplayKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_base,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-base in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_base_container,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-base-container in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_text,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-text in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_text_container,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-text-container in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sAreRubyKeywordIndicesInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "ruby" entries in kDisplayKTable,
|
|
// depending on whether the ruby pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_base : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_base_container : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_text : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_text_container : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the pref "layout.css.sticky.enabled" changes, this function is invoked
|
|
// to let us update kPositionKTable, to selectively disable or restore the
|
|
// entry for "sticky" in that table.
|
|
static void
|
|
StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
ArrayLength(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable;
|
|
static bool sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|
|
|
bool isStickyEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of "sticky" in kPositionKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_sticky,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kPositionKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find sticky in kPositionKTable");
|
|
sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "sticky" entry in kPositionKTable,
|
|
// depending on whether the sticky pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
nsCSSProps::kPositionKTable[sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable] =
|
|
isStickyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_sticky : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the pref "layout.css.text-align-true-value.enabled" changes, this
|
|
// function is called to let us update kTextAlignKTable & kTextAlignLastKTable,
|
|
// to selectively disable or restore the entries for "true" in those tables.
|
|
static void
|
|
TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(strcmp(aPrefName, TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME) == 0,
|
|
"Did you misspell " TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME " ?");
|
|
|
|
static bool sIsInitialized;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable;
|
|
bool isTextAlignTrueEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!sIsInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of "true" in kTextAlignKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_true,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable);
|
|
// First run: find the position of "true" in kTextAlignLastKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_true,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable);
|
|
sIsInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "true" entry in the keyword tables,
|
|
// depending on whether the pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable >= 0);
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable[sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable] =
|
|
isTextAlignTrueEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_true : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable >= 0);
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable[sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable] =
|
|
isTextAlignTrueEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_true : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static AnimationPlayerCollection*
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(
|
|
aContent->GetProperty(aAnimationProperty));
|
|
if (collection) {
|
|
bool propertyMatches = collection->HasAnimationOfProperty(aProperty);
|
|
if (propertyMatches &&
|
|
collection->CanPerformOnCompositorThread(
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection::CanAnimate_AllowPartial)) {
|
|
return collection;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationsForCompositor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
return GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(
|
|
aContent, nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty, aProperty) ||
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(
|
|
aContent, nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty, aProperty);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static AnimationPlayerCollection*
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitions(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(aContent->GetProperty(
|
|
aAnimationProperty));
|
|
if (collection) {
|
|
bool propertyMatches = collection->HasAnimationOfProperty(aProperty);
|
|
if (propertyMatches) {
|
|
return collection;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimations(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
return GetAnimationsOrTransitions(aContent, nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty,
|
|
aProperty) ||
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitions(aContent, nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty,
|
|
aProperty);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasCurrentAnimations(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(
|
|
aContent->GetProperty(aAnimationProperty));
|
|
return (collection && collection->HasCurrentAnimations());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gfxSize
|
|
GetScaleForValue(const StyleAnimationValue& aValue, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("No frame.");
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() != StyleAnimationValue::eUnit_Transform) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Expected a transform.");
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueSharedList* list = aValue.GetCSSValueSharedListValue();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(list->mHead);
|
|
|
|
if (list->mHead->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
|
|
// There is an animation, but no actual transform yet.
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect frameBounds = aFrame->GetRect();
|
|
bool dontCare;
|
|
gfx3DMatrix transform = nsStyleTransformMatrix::ReadTransforms(
|
|
list->mHead,
|
|
aFrame->StyleContext(),
|
|
aFrame->PresContext(), dontCare, frameBounds,
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix transform2d;
|
|
bool canDraw2D = transform.CanDraw2D(&transform2d);
|
|
if (!canDraw2D) {
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return transform2d.ScaleFactors(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static float
|
|
GetSuitableScale(float aMaxScale, float aMinScale)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the minimum scale >= 1.0f, use it; if the maximum <= 1.0f, use it;
|
|
// otherwise use 1.0f.
|
|
if (aMinScale >= 1.0f) {
|
|
return aMinScale;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aMaxScale <= 1.0f) {
|
|
return aMaxScale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
gfxSize& aMaxScale,
|
|
gfxSize& aMinScale)
|
|
{
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(aContent, aAnimationProperty,
|
|
eCSSProperty_transform);
|
|
if (!collection)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (size_t playerIdx = collection->mPlayers.Length(); playerIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|
AnimationPlayer* player = collection->mPlayers[playerIdx];
|
|
if (!player->GetSource() || player->GetSource()->IsFinishedTransition()) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
dom::Animation* anim = player->GetSource();
|
|
for (size_t propIdx = anim->Properties().Length(); propIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|
AnimationProperty& prop = anim->Properties()[propIdx];
|
|
if (prop.mProperty == eCSSProperty_transform) {
|
|
for (uint32_t segIdx = prop.mSegments.Length(); segIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|
AnimationPropertySegment& segment = prop.mSegments[segIdx];
|
|
gfxSize from = GetScaleForValue(segment.mFromValue,
|
|
aContent->GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
aMaxScale.width = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.width, from.width);
|
|
aMaxScale.height = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.height, from.height);
|
|
aMinScale.width = std::min<float>(aMinScale.width, from.width);
|
|
aMinScale.height = std::min<float>(aMinScale.height, from.height);
|
|
gfxSize to = GetScaleForValue(segment.mToValue,
|
|
aContent->GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
aMaxScale.width = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.width, to.width);
|
|
aMaxScale.height = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.height, to.height);
|
|
aMinScale.width = std::min<float>(aMinScale.width, to.width);
|
|
aMinScale.height = std::min<float>(aMinScale.height, to.height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSuitableScaleForAnimation(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxSize maxScale(1.0f, 1.0f);
|
|
gfxSize minScale(1.0f, 1.0f);
|
|
|
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(aContent,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty, maxScale, minScale);
|
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(aContent,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty, maxScale, minScale);
|
|
|
|
return gfxSize(GetSuitableScale(maxScale.width, minScale.width),
|
|
GetSuitableScale(maxScale.height, minScale.height));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AreAsyncAnimationsEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled;
|
|
static bool sAsyncPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sAsyncPrefCached) {
|
|
sAsyncPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled,
|
|
"layers.offmainthreadcomposition.async-animations");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled &&
|
|
gfxPlatform::OffMainThreadCompositingEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAnimationLoggingEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sShouldLog;
|
|
static bool sShouldLogPrefCached;
|
|
|
|
if (!sShouldLogPrefCached) {
|
|
sShouldLogPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sShouldLog,
|
|
"layers.offmainthreadcomposition.log-animations");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sShouldLog;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UseBackgroundNearestFiltering()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled;
|
|
static bool sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised) {
|
|
sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised = true;
|
|
sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("gfx.filter.nearest.force-enabled", false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GPUImageScalingEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sGPUImageScalingEnabled;
|
|
static bool sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised) {
|
|
sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised = true;
|
|
sGPUImageScalingEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("layout.gpu-image-scaling.enabled", false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sGPUImageScalingEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AnimatedImageLayersEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled;
|
|
static bool sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached) {
|
|
sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled,
|
|
"layout.animated-image-layers.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sCSSFiltersEnabled;
|
|
static bool sCSSFiltersPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sCSSFiltersPrefCached) {
|
|
sCSSFiltersPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSFiltersEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.filters.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sCSSFiltersEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sUnsetValueEnabled;
|
|
static bool sUnsetValuePrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sUnsetValuePrefCached) {
|
|
sUnsetValuePrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sUnsetValueEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.unset-value.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sUnsetValueEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsTextAlignTrueValueEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled;
|
|
static bool sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached) {
|
|
sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled,
|
|
TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
FrameChildListIDs aSkipChildLists)
|
|
{
|
|
// Iterate over all children except pop-ups.
|
|
FrameChildListIDs skip = aSkipChildLists |
|
|
nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList | nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListIterator childLists(aFrame);
|
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|
if (skip.Contains(childLists.CurrentID())) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrameList children = childLists.CurrentList();
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|
nsOverflowAreas childOverflow =
|
|
child->GetOverflowAreas() + child->GetPosition();
|
|
aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(childOverflow);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void DestroyViewID(void* aObject, nsIAtom* aPropertyName,
|
|
void* aPropertyValue, void* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
ViewID* id = static_cast<ViewID*>(aPropertyValue);
|
|
GetContentMap().Remove(*id);
|
|
delete id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A namespace class for static layout utilities.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindIDFor(const nsIContent* aContent, ViewID* aOutViewId)
|
|
{
|
|
void* scrollIdProperty = aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::RemoteId);
|
|
if (scrollIdProperty) {
|
|
*aOutViewId = *static_cast<ViewID*>(scrollIdProperty);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ViewID
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
ViewID scrollId;
|
|
|
|
if (!FindIDFor(aContent, &scrollId)) {
|
|
scrollId = sScrollIdCounter++;
|
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::RemoteId, new ViewID(scrollId),
|
|
DestroyViewID);
|
|
GetContentMap().Put(scrollId, aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return scrollId;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIContent*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindContentFor(ViewID aId)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aId != FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID,
|
|
"Cannot find a content element in map for null IDs.");
|
|
nsIContent* content;
|
|
bool exists = GetContentMap().Get(aId, &content);
|
|
|
|
if (exists) {
|
|
return content;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindScrollableFrameFor(ViewID aId)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* content = FindContentFor(aId);
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* scrolledFrame = content->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (scrolledFrame && content->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == content) {
|
|
// The content is the root element of a subdocument, so return the root scrollable
|
|
// for the subdocument.
|
|
scrolledFrame = scrolledFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
return scrolledFrame ? scrolledFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
ApplyRectMultiplier(nsRect aRect, float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aMultiplier == 1.0f) {
|
|
return aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
float newWidth = aRect.width * aMultiplier;
|
|
float newHeight = aRect.height * aMultiplier;
|
|
float newX = aRect.x - ((newWidth - aRect.width) / 2.0f);
|
|
float newY = aRect.y - ((newHeight - aRect.height) / 2.0f);
|
|
// Rounding doesn't matter too much here, do a round-in
|
|
return nsRect(ceil(newX), ceil(newY), floor(newWidth), floor(newHeight));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
GetDisplayPortFromRectData(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
DisplayPortPropertyData* aRectData,
|
|
float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
// In the case where the displayport is set as a rect, we assume it is
|
|
// already aligned and clamped as necessary. The burden to do that is
|
|
// on the setter of the displayport. In practice very few places set the
|
|
// displayport directly as a rect (mostly tests). We still do need to
|
|
// expand it by the multiplier though.
|
|
return ApplyRectMultiplier(aRectData->mRect, aMultiplier);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* aMarginsData,
|
|
float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
// In the case where the displayport is set via margins, we apply the margins
|
|
// to a base rect. Then we align the expanded rect based on the alignment
|
|
// requested, further expand the rect by the multiplier, and finally, clamp it
|
|
// to the size of the scrollable rect.
|
|
|
|
nsRect base;
|
|
if (nsRect* baseData = static_cast<nsRect*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase))) {
|
|
base = *baseData;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Attempting to get a margins-based displayport with no base data!");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (!frame) {
|
|
// Turns out we can't really compute it. Oops. We still should return
|
|
// something sane. Note that although we can apply the multiplier on the
|
|
// base rect here, we can't tile-align or clamp the rect without a frame.
|
|
NS_WARNING("Attempting to get a displayport from a content with no primary frame!");
|
|
return ApplyRectMultiplier(base, aMultiplier);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isRoot = false;
|
|
if (aContent->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == aContent) {
|
|
// We want the scroll frame, the root scroll frame differs from all
|
|
// others in that the primary frame is not the scroll frame.
|
|
frame = frame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
isRoot = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint scrollPos;
|
|
if (nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = frame->GetScrollTargetFrame()) {
|
|
scrollPos = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = frame->PresContext();
|
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxSize res = presContext->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution();
|
|
|
|
// First convert the base rect to layer pixels
|
|
gfxSize parentRes = res;
|
|
if (isRoot) {
|
|
// the base rect for root scroll frames is specified in the parent document
|
|
// coordinate space, so it doesn't include the local resolution.
|
|
gfxSize localRes = presContext->PresShell()->GetResolution();
|
|
parentRes.width /= localRes.width;
|
|
parentRes.height /= localRes.height;
|
|
}
|
|
LayerRect layerRect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.x, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.width,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.y, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.height,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.width, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.width,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.height, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.height);
|
|
|
|
// Expand the rect by the margins
|
|
layerRect.Inflate(aMarginsData->mMargins);
|
|
|
|
// And then align it to the requested alignment
|
|
if (aMarginsData->mAlignmentX > 0 || aMarginsData->mAlignmentY > 0) {
|
|
// Inflate the rectangle by 1 so that we always push to the next tile
|
|
// boundary. This is desirable to stop from having a rectangle with a
|
|
// moving origin occasionally being smaller when it coincidentally lines
|
|
// up to tile boundaries.
|
|
layerRect.Inflate(1);
|
|
|
|
// Avoid division by zero.
|
|
if (aMarginsData->mAlignmentX == 0) {
|
|
aMarginsData->mAlignmentX = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aMarginsData->mAlignmentY == 0) {
|
|
aMarginsData->mAlignmentY = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
LayerPoint scrollPosLayer(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(scrollPos.x, auPerDevPixel) * res.width,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(scrollPos.y, auPerDevPixel) * res.height);
|
|
|
|
layerRect += scrollPosLayer;
|
|
float x = aMarginsData->mAlignmentX * floor(layerRect.x / aMarginsData->mAlignmentX);
|
|
float y = aMarginsData->mAlignmentY * floor(layerRect.y / aMarginsData->mAlignmentY);
|
|
float w = aMarginsData->mAlignmentX * ceil(layerRect.XMost() / aMarginsData->mAlignmentX) - x;
|
|
float h = aMarginsData->mAlignmentY * ceil(layerRect.YMost() / aMarginsData->mAlignmentY) - y;
|
|
layerRect = LayerRect(x, y, w, h);
|
|
layerRect -= scrollPosLayer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Convert the aligned rect back into app units
|
|
nsRect result(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.x / res.width, auPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.y / res.height, auPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.width / res.width, auPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.height / res.height, auPerDevPixel));
|
|
|
|
// Expand it for the low-res buffer if needed
|
|
result = ApplyRectMultiplier(result, aMultiplier);
|
|
|
|
// Finally, clamp it to the expanded scrollable rect.
|
|
nsRect expandedScrollableRect = nsLayoutUtils::CalculateExpandedScrollableRect(frame);
|
|
result = expandedScrollableRect.Intersect(result + scrollPos) - scrollPos;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
GetDisplayPortImpl(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect *aResult, float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
DisplayPortPropertyData* rectData =
|
|
static_cast<DisplayPortPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPort));
|
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* marginsData =
|
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|
|
|
if (!rectData && !marginsData) {
|
|
// This content element has no displayport data at all
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!aResult) {
|
|
// We have displayport data, but the caller doesn't want the actual
|
|
// rect, so we don't need to actually compute it.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rectData && marginsData) {
|
|
// choose margins if equal priority
|
|
if (rectData->mPriority > marginsData->mPriority) {
|
|
marginsData = nullptr;
|
|
} else {
|
|
rectData = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION((rectData == nullptr) != (marginsData == nullptr),
|
|
"Only one of rectData or marginsData should be set!");
|
|
|
|
if (rectData) {
|
|
*aResult = GetDisplayPortFromRectData(aContent, rectData, aMultiplier);
|
|
} else {
|
|
*aResult = GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(aContent, marginsData, aMultiplier);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect *aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gfxPrefs::UseLowPrecisionBuffer()) {
|
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f / gfxPrefs::LowPrecisionResolution());
|
|
}
|
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIPresShell* aPresShell,
|
|
const LayerMargin& aMargins,
|
|
uint32_t aAlignmentX,
|
|
uint32_t aAlignmentY,
|
|
uint32_t aPriority,
|
|
RepaintMode aRepaintMode)
|
|
{
|
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* currentData =
|
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|
if (currentData && currentData->mPriority > aPriority) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins,
|
|
new DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData(
|
|
aMargins, aAlignmentX, aAlignmentY, aPriority),
|
|
nsINode::DeleteProperty<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData>);
|
|
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::UsesAsyncScrolling()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = aPresShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame && aContent == rootScrollFrame->GetContent()) {
|
|
// We are setting a root displayport for a document.
|
|
// If we have APZ, then set a special flag on the pres shell so
|
|
// that we don't get scrollbars drawn.
|
|
aPresShell->SetIgnoreViewportScrolling(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRepaintMode == RepaintMode::Repaint) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame = aPresShell->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
if (rootFrame) {
|
|
rootFrame->SchedulePaint();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortBase(nsIContent* aContent, const nsRect& aBase)
|
|
{
|
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase, new nsRect(aBase),
|
|
nsINode::DeleteProperty<nsRect>);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortBaseIfNotSet(nsIContent* aContent, const nsRect& aBase)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase)) {
|
|
SetDisplayPortBase(aContent, aBase);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCriticalDisplayPort(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gfxPrefs::UseLowPrecisionBuffer()) {
|
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsContainerFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::LastContinuationWithChild(nsContainerFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame->LastContinuation();
|
|
while (!f->GetFirstPrincipalChild() && f->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
f = f->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
}
|
|
return static_cast<nsContainerFrame*>(f);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GetFirstChildFrame returns the first "real" child frame of a
|
|
* given frame. It will descend down into pseudo-frames (unless the
|
|
* pseudo-frame is the :before generated frame).
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame's content node
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetFirstChildFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
// Get the first child frame
|
|
nsIFrame* childFrame = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
|
|
// If the child frame is a pseudo-frame, then return its first child.
|
|
// Note that the frame we create for the generated content is also a
|
|
// pseudo-frame and so don't drill down in that case
|
|
if (childFrame &&
|
|
childFrame->IsPseudoFrame(aContent) &&
|
|
!childFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
return GetFirstChildFrame(childFrame, aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return childFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GetLastChildFrame returns the last "real" child frame of a
|
|
* given frame. It will descend down into pseudo-frames (unless the
|
|
* pseudo-frame is the :after generated frame).
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame's content node
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetLastChildFrame(nsContainerFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
// Get the last continuation frame that's a parent
|
|
nsContainerFrame* lastParentContinuation =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::LastContinuationWithChild(aFrame);
|
|
nsIFrame* lastChildFrame =
|
|
lastParentContinuation->GetLastChild(nsIFrame::kPrincipalList);
|
|
if (lastChildFrame) {
|
|
// Get the frame's first continuation. This matters in case the frame has
|
|
// been continued across multiple lines or split by BiDi resolution.
|
|
lastChildFrame = lastChildFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
|
|
// If the last child frame is a pseudo-frame, then return its last child.
|
|
// Note that the frame we create for the generated content is also a
|
|
// pseudo-frame and so don't drill down in that case
|
|
if (lastChildFrame &&
|
|
lastChildFrame->IsPseudoFrame(aContent) &&
|
|
!lastChildFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
return GetLastChildFrame(static_cast<nsContainerFrame*>(lastChildFrame),
|
|
aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return lastChildFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//static
|
|
FrameChildListID
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetChildListNameFor(nsIFrame* aChildFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListID id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
|
|
if (aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|
nsIFrame* pif = aChildFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
|
|
if (pif->GetParent() == aChildFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kOverflowContainersList;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// See if the frame is moved out of the flow
|
|
else if (aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|
// Look at the style information to tell
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aChildFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_POSITION_ABSOLUTE == disp->mPosition) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|
} else if (NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED == disp->mPosition) {
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(aChildFrame)) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kFixedList;
|
|
} else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
} else if (NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_POPUP == disp->mDisplay) {
|
|
// Out-of-flows that are DISPLAY_POPUP must be kids of the root popup set
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(parent && parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame,
|
|
"Unexpected parent");
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
#endif // MOZ_XUL
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aChildFrame->IsFloating(), "not a floated frame");
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kFloatList;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIAtom* childType = aChildFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame == childType) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(parent, "nsMenuPopupFrame can't be the root frame");
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
if (parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIFrame* firstPopup = parent->GetFirstChild(nsIFrame::kPopupList);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!firstPopup || !firstPopup->GetNextSibling(),
|
|
"We assume popupList only has one child, but it has more.");
|
|
id = firstPopup == aChildFrame
|
|
? nsIFrame::kPopupList
|
|
: nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (nsGkAtoms::tableColGroupFrame == childType) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kColGroupList;
|
|
} else if (nsGkAtoms::tableCaptionFrame == childType) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kCaptionList;
|
|
} else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// Verify that the frame is actually in that child list or in the
|
|
// corresponding overflow list.
|
|
nsContainerFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|
bool found = parent->GetChildList(id).ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
if (!found) {
|
|
if (!(aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kOverflowList)
|
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aChildFrame->IsFloating()) {
|
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList)
|
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
if (!found) {
|
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPushedFloatsList)
|
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// else it's positioned and should have been on the 'id' child list.
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(found, "not in child list");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBeforeFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->GetPrevContinuation(),
|
|
"aFrame must be first continuation");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* cif = aFrame->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|
if (!cif) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* firstFrame = GetFirstChildFrame(cif, aFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (firstFrame && IsGeneratedContentFor(nullptr, firstFrame,
|
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::before)) {
|
|
return firstFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAfterFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
nsContainerFrame* cif = aFrame->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|
if (!cif) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* lastFrame = GetLastChildFrame(cif, aFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (lastFrame && IsGeneratedContentFor(nullptr, lastFrame,
|
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::after)) {
|
|
return lastFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom* aFrameType)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame* frame = aFrame; frame; frame = frame->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (frame->GetType() == aFrameType) {
|
|
return frame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* inner = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(inner, "Outer table must have an inner");
|
|
return inner;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(const nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (!frame) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(frame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFloatFromPlaceholder(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame == aFrame->GetType(),
|
|
"Must have a placeholder here");
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & PLACEHOLDER_FOR_FLOAT) {
|
|
nsIFrame *outOfFlowFrame =
|
|
nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameForPlaceholder(aFrame);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(outOfFlowFrame->IsFloating(),
|
|
"How did that happen?");
|
|
return outOfFlowFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsGeneratedContentFor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIAtom* aPseudoElement)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Must have a frame");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aPseudoElement, "Must have a pseudo name");
|
|
|
|
if (!aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(parent, "Generated content can't be root frame");
|
|
if (parent->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
// Not the root of the generated content
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aContent && parent->GetContent() != aContent) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (aFrame->GetContent()->Tag() == nsGkAtoms::mozgeneratedcontentbefore) ==
|
|
(aPseudoElement == nsCSSPseudoElements::before);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsPoint* aExtraOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* p = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
if (p)
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
nsView* v = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (!v)
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
v = v->GetParent(); // anonymous inner view
|
|
if (!v)
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
if (aExtraOffset) {
|
|
*aExtraOffset += v->GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
v = v->GetParent(); // subdocumentframe's view
|
|
return v ? v->GetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrameCrossDoc(nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
return IsAncestorFrameCrossDoc(aAncestorFrame, aFrame, aCommonAncestor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAncestorFrameCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f != aCommonAncestor;
|
|
f = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
if (f == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return aCommonAncestor == aAncestorFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f != aCommonAncestor; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return aCommonAncestor == aAncestorFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIContent* aContent1,
|
|
nsIContent* aContent2,
|
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
const nsIContent* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContent1, "aContent1 must not be null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContent2, "aContent2 must not be null");
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsINode*, 32> content1Ancestors;
|
|
nsINode* c1;
|
|
for (c1 = aContent1; c1 && c1 != aCommonAncestor; c1 = c1->GetParentNode()) {
|
|
content1Ancestors.AppendElement(c1);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!c1 && aCommonAncestor) {
|
|
// So, it turns out aCommonAncestor was not an ancestor of c1. Oops.
|
|
// Never mind. We can continue as if aCommonAncestor was null.
|
|
aCommonAncestor = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsINode*, 32> content2Ancestors;
|
|
nsINode* c2;
|
|
for (c2 = aContent2; c2 && c2 != aCommonAncestor; c2 = c2->GetParentNode()) {
|
|
content2Ancestors.AppendElement(c2);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!c2 && aCommonAncestor) {
|
|
// So, it turns out aCommonAncestor was not an ancestor of c2.
|
|
// We need to retry with no common ancestor hint.
|
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aContent1, aContent2,
|
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int last1 = content1Ancestors.Length() - 1;
|
|
int last2 = content2Ancestors.Length() - 1;
|
|
nsINode* content1Ancestor = nullptr;
|
|
nsINode* content2Ancestor = nullptr;
|
|
while (last1 >= 0 && last2 >= 0
|
|
&& ((content1Ancestor = content1Ancestors.ElementAt(last1)) ==
|
|
(content2Ancestor = content2Ancestors.ElementAt(last2)))) {
|
|
last1--;
|
|
last2--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last1 < 0) {
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent1 == aContent2, "internal error?");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// aContent1 is an ancestor of aContent2
|
|
return aIf1Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
// aContent2 is an ancestor of aContent1
|
|
return aIf2Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// content1Ancestor != content2Ancestor, so they must be siblings with the same parent
|
|
nsINode* parent = content1Ancestor->GetParentNode();
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// TODO: remove the uglyness, see bug 598468.
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gPreventAssertInCompareTreePosition || parent,
|
|
"no common ancestor at all???");
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
if (!parent) { // different documents??
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t index1 = parent->IndexOf(content1Ancestor);
|
|
int32_t index2 = parent->IndexOf(content2Ancestor);
|
|
if (index1 < 0 || index2 < 0) {
|
|
// one of them must be anonymous; we can't determine the order
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return index1 - index2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FillAncestors(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor,
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*>* aAncestors)
|
|
{
|
|
while (aFrame && aFrame != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|
aAncestors->AppendElement(aFrame);
|
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return true if aFrame1 is after aFrame2
|
|
static bool IsFrameAfter(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame2;
|
|
do {
|
|
f = f->GetNextSibling();
|
|
if (f == aFrame1)
|
|
return true;
|
|
} while (f);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIFrame* aFrame1,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame2,
|
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame1, "aFrame1 must not be null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame2, "aFrame2 must not be null");
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,20> frame2Ancestors;
|
|
nsIFrame* nonCommonAncestor =
|
|
FillAncestors(aFrame2, aCommonAncestor, &frame2Ancestors);
|
|
|
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aFrame1, aFrame2, frame2Ancestors,
|
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
nonCommonAncestor ? aCommonAncestor : nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIFrame* aFrame1,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame2,
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*>& aFrame2Ancestors,
|
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame1, "aFrame1 must not be null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame2, "aFrame2 must not be null");
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame1->PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext != aFrame2->PresContext()) {
|
|
NS_ERROR("no common ancestor at all, different documents");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,20> frame1Ancestors;
|
|
if (aCommonAncestor &&
|
|
!FillAncestors(aFrame1, aCommonAncestor, &frame1Ancestors)) {
|
|
// We reached the root of the frame tree ... if aCommonAncestor was set,
|
|
// it is wrong
|
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aFrame1, aFrame2,
|
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t last1 = int32_t(frame1Ancestors.Length()) - 1;
|
|
int32_t last2 = int32_t(aFrame2Ancestors.Length()) - 1;
|
|
while (last1 >= 0 && last2 >= 0 &&
|
|
frame1Ancestors[last1] == aFrame2Ancestors[last2]) {
|
|
last1--;
|
|
last2--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last1 < 0) {
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame1 == aFrame2, "internal error?");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// aFrame1 is an ancestor of aFrame2
|
|
return aIf1Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
// aFrame2 is an ancestor of aFrame1
|
|
return aIf2Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* ancestor1 = frame1Ancestors[last1];
|
|
nsIFrame* ancestor2 = aFrame2Ancestors[last2];
|
|
// Now we should be able to walk sibling chains to find which one is first
|
|
if (IsFrameAfter(ancestor2, ancestor1))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
if (IsFrameAfter(ancestor1, ancestor2))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
NS_WARNING("Frames were in different child lists???");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame* nsLayoutUtils::GetLastSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* next;
|
|
while ((next = aFrame->GetNextSibling()) != nullptr) {
|
|
aFrame = next;
|
|
}
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsView*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindSiblingViewFor(nsView* aParentView, nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parentViewFrame = aParentView->GetFrame();
|
|
nsIContent* parentViewContent = parentViewFrame ? parentViewFrame->GetContent() : nullptr;
|
|
for (nsView* insertBefore = aParentView->GetFirstChild(); insertBefore;
|
|
insertBefore = insertBefore->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = insertBefore->GetFrame();
|
|
if (!f) {
|
|
// this view could be some anonymous view attached to a meaningful parent
|
|
for (nsView* searchView = insertBefore->GetParent(); searchView;
|
|
searchView = searchView->GetParent()) {
|
|
f = searchView->GetFrame();
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(f, "Can't find a frame anywhere!");
|
|
}
|
|
if (!f || !aFrame->GetContent() || !f->GetContent() ||
|
|
CompareTreePosition(aFrame->GetContent(), f->GetContent(), parentViewContent) > 0) {
|
|
// aFrame's content is after f's content (or we just don't know),
|
|
// so put our view before f's view
|
|
return insertBefore;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//static
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetScrollableFrameFor(const nsIFrame *aScrolledFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aScrolledFrame->GetParent();
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *sf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
return (sf && sf->GetScrolledFrame() == aScrolledFrame) ? sf : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetFixedPositionLayerData(Layer* aLayer,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aViewportFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aAnchorRect,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFixedPosFrame,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const ContainerLayerParameters& aContainerParameters) {
|
|
// Find out the rect of the viewport frame relative to the reference frame.
|
|
// This, in conjunction with the container scale, will correspond to the
|
|
// coordinate-space of the built layer.
|
|
float factor = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
Rect anchorRect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.x, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.y, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.width, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.height, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale);
|
|
// Need to transform anchorRect from the container layer's coordinate system
|
|
// into aLayer's coordinate system.
|
|
Matrix transform2d;
|
|
if (aLayer->GetTransform().Is2D(&transform2d)) {
|
|
transform2d.Invert();
|
|
anchorRect = transform2d.TransformBounds(anchorRect);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ERROR("3D transform found between fixedpos content and its viewport (should never happen)");
|
|
anchorRect = Rect(0,0,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Work out the anchor point for this fixed position layer. We assume that
|
|
// any positioning set (left/top/right/bottom) indicates that the
|
|
// corresponding side of its container should be the anchor point,
|
|
// defaulting to top-left.
|
|
LayerPoint anchor(anchorRect.x, anchorRect.y);
|
|
// Make sure the layer is aware of any fixed position margins that have
|
|
// been set.
|
|
nsMargin fixedMargins = aPresContext->PresShell()->GetContentDocumentFixedPositionMargins();
|
|
LayerMargin fixedLayerMargins(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.top, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.right, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.bottom, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.left, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale);
|
|
|
|
if (aFixedPosFrame != aViewportFrame) {
|
|
const nsStylePosition* position = aFixedPosFrame->StylePosition();
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetRightUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetLeftUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
anchor.x = anchorRect.x + anchorRect.width / 2.f;
|
|
} else {
|
|
anchor.x = anchorRect.XMost();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetBottomUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetTopUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
anchor.y = anchorRect.y + anchorRect.height / 2.f;
|
|
} else {
|
|
anchor.y = anchorRect.YMost();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the frame is auto-positioned on either axis, set the top/left layer
|
|
// margins to -1, to indicate to the compositor that this layer is
|
|
// unaffected by fixed margins.
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetLeftUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
position->mOffset.GetRightUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
fixedLayerMargins.left = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetTopUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
position->mOffset.GetBottomUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
fixedLayerMargins.top = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aLayer->SetFixedPositionAnchor(anchor);
|
|
aLayer->SetFixedPositionMargins(fixedLayerMargins);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ViewportHasDisplayPort(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsRect* aDisplayPort)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
return rootScrollFrame &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(rootScrollFrame->GetContent(), aDisplayPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(const nsIFrame* aFrame, nsRect* aDisplayPort)
|
|
{
|
|
// Fixed-pos frames are parented by the viewport frame or the page content frame.
|
|
// We'll assume that printing/print preview don't have displayports for their
|
|
// pages!
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent || parent->GetParent() ||
|
|
aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mPosition != NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return ViewportHasDisplayPort(aFrame->PresContext(), aDisplayPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(ScrollbarThumbLayerized, nullptr)
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetScrollbarThumbLayerization(nsIFrame* aThumbFrame, bool aLayerize)
|
|
{
|
|
aThumbFrame->Properties().Set(ScrollbarThumbLayerized(),
|
|
reinterpret_cast<void*>(intptr_t(aLayerize)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsScrollbarThumbLayerized(nsIFrame* aThumbFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(aThumbFrame->Properties().Get(ScrollbarThumbLayerized()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame* stickyFrame = nullptr;
|
|
while (f != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(f))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (ActiveLayerTracker::IsOffsetOrMarginStyleAnimated(f))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (!f->GetParent() &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ViewportHasDisplayPort(f->PresContext())) {
|
|
// Viewport frames in a display port need to be animated geometry roots
|
|
// for background-attachment:fixed elements.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
break;
|
|
nsIAtom* parentType = parent->GetType();
|
|
// Treat the slider thumb as being as an active scrolled root when it wants
|
|
// its own layer so that it can move without repainting.
|
|
if (parentType == nsGkAtoms::sliderFrame && IsScrollbarThumbLayerized(f)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Sticky frames are active if their nearest scrollable frame
|
|
// is also active, just keep a record of sticky frames that we
|
|
// encounter for now.
|
|
if (f->StyleDisplay()->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_STICKY &&
|
|
!stickyFrame) {
|
|
stickyFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
if (parentType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(parent);
|
|
if (sf->IsScrollingActive() && sf->GetScrolledFrame() == f) {
|
|
// If we found a sticky frame inside this active scroll frame,
|
|
// then use that. Otherwise use the scroll frame.
|
|
if (stickyFrame) {
|
|
return stickyFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
return f;
|
|
} else {
|
|
stickyFrame = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Fixed-pos frames are parented by the viewport frame, which has no parent
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(f)) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAnimatedGeometryRootFor(nsDisplayItem* aItem,
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
LayerManager* aManager)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aItem->Frame();
|
|
if (aItem->GetType() == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_SCROLL_LAYER) {
|
|
nsDisplayScrollLayer* scrollLayerItem =
|
|
static_cast<nsDisplayScrollLayer*>(aItem);
|
|
nsIFrame* scrolledFrame = scrollLayerItem->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|
return GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(scrolledFrame,
|
|
aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(scrolledFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
if (aItem->ShouldFixToViewport(aManager)) {
|
|
// Make its active scrolled root be the active scrolled root of
|
|
// the enclosing viewport, since it shouldn't be scrolled by scrolled
|
|
// frames in its document. InvalidateFixedBackgroundFramesFromList in
|
|
// nsGfxScrollFrame will not repaint this item when scrolling occurs.
|
|
nsIFrame* viewportFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(f, nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(viewportFrame, "no viewport???");
|
|
return GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(viewportFrame,
|
|
aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(viewportFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
return GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(f, aItem->ReferenceFrame());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrameForDirection(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
Direction aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "GetNearestScrollableFrameForDirection expects a non-null frame");
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|
ScrollbarStyles ss = scrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|
uint32_t directions = scrollableFrame->GetPerceivedScrollingDirections();
|
|
if (aDirection == eVertical ?
|
|
(ss.mVertical != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN &&
|
|
(directions & nsIScrollableFrame::VERTICAL)) :
|
|
(ss.mHorizontal != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN &&
|
|
(directions & nsIScrollableFrame::HORIZONTAL)))
|
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "GetNearestScrollableFrame expects a non-null frame");
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = (aFlags & SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC) ?
|
|
f->GetParent() : nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|
ScrollbarStyles ss = scrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|
if ((aFlags & SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN) ||
|
|
ss.mVertical != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN ||
|
|
ss.mHorizontal != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN)
|
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetScrolledRect(nsIFrame* aScrolledFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aScrolledFrameOverflowArea,
|
|
const nsSize& aScrollPortSize,
|
|
uint8_t aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord x1 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.x,
|
|
x2 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.XMost(),
|
|
y1 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.y,
|
|
y2 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.YMost();
|
|
if (y1 < 0) {
|
|
y1 = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aDirection != NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL) {
|
|
if (x1 < 0) {
|
|
x1 = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (x2 > aScrollPortSize.width) {
|
|
x2 = aScrollPortSize.width;
|
|
}
|
|
// When the scrolled frame chooses a size larger than its available width (because
|
|
// its padding alone is larger than the available width), we need to keep the
|
|
// start-edge of the scroll frame anchored to the start-edge of the scrollport.
|
|
// When the scrolled frame is RTL, this means moving it in our left-based
|
|
// coordinate system, so we need to compensate for its extra width here by
|
|
// effectively repositioning the frame.
|
|
nscoord extraWidth = std::max(0, aScrolledFrame->GetSize().width - aScrollPortSize.width);
|
|
x2 += extraWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
return nsRect(x1, y1, x2 - x1, y2 - y1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasPseudoStyle(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type aPseudoElement,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aPresContext, "Must have a prescontext");
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsStyleContext> pseudoContext;
|
|
if (aContent) {
|
|
pseudoContext = aPresContext->StyleSet()->
|
|
ProbePseudoElementStyle(aContent->AsElement(), aPseudoElement,
|
|
aStyleContext);
|
|
}
|
|
return pseudoContext != nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDOMEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(nsIDOMEvent* aDOMEvent, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aDOMEvent)
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
WidgetEvent* event = aDOMEvent->GetInternalNSEvent();
|
|
if (!event)
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(event, aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(const WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aEvent || (aEvent->mClass != eMouseEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eMouseScrollEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eWheelEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eDragEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eSimpleGestureEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != ePointerEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eGestureNotifyEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eTouchEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eQueryContentEventClass))
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
|
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent,
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint::ToUntyped(aEvent->AsGUIEvent()->refPoint),
|
|
aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(const WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|
const nsIntPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aEvent->AsGUIEvent()->widget;
|
|
if (!widget) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(widget, aPoint, aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(nsIWidget* aWidget,
|
|
const nsIntPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame || !aWidget) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
nsIWidget* frameWidget = view->GetWidget();
|
|
if (frameWidget && frameWidget == aWidget) {
|
|
// Special case this cause it happens a lot.
|
|
// This also fixes bug 664707, events in the extra-special case of select
|
|
// dropdown popups that are transformed.
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsPoint pt(presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aPoint.x),
|
|
presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aPoint.y));
|
|
return pt - view->ViewToWidgetOffset();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we walk up the frame tree and discover that any of the frames are
|
|
* transformed, we need to do extra work to convert from the global
|
|
* space to the local space.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame = aFrame;
|
|
bool transformFound = false;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
if (f->IsTransformed()) {
|
|
transformFound = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rootFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsView* rootView = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (!rootView) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint widgetToView = TranslateWidgetToView(rootFrame->PresContext(),
|
|
aWidget, aPoint, rootView);
|
|
|
|
if (widgetToView == nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Convert from root document app units to app units of the document aFrame
|
|
// is in.
|
|
int32_t rootAPD = rootFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
int32_t localAPD = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
widgetToView = widgetToView.ConvertAppUnits(rootAPD, localAPD);
|
|
|
|
/* If we encountered a transform, we can't do simple arithmetic to figure
|
|
* out how to convert back to aFrame's coordinates and must use the CTM.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (transformFound || aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
return TransformRootPointToFrame(aFrame, widgetToView);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, all coordinate systems are translations of one another,
|
|
* so we can just subtract out the difference.
|
|
*/
|
|
return widgetToView - aFrame->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(rootFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetPopupFrameForEventCoordinates(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const WidgetEvent* aEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
nsXULPopupManager* pm = nsXULPopupManager::GetInstance();
|
|
if (!pm) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*> popups;
|
|
pm->GetVisiblePopups(popups);
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
// Search from top to bottom
|
|
for (i = 0; i < popups.Length(); i++) {
|
|
nsIFrame* popup = popups[i];
|
|
if (popup->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() == aPresContext &&
|
|
popup->GetScrollableOverflowRect().Contains(
|
|
GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, popup))) {
|
|
return popup;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(float& aStart, float& aSize)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aSize >= 0);
|
|
|
|
// Here we try to make sure that the resulting nsRect will continue to cover
|
|
// as much of the area that was covered by the original gfx Rect as possible.
|
|
|
|
// We clamp the bounds of the rect to {nscoord_MIN,nscoord_MAX} since
|
|
// nsRect::X/Y() and nsRect::XMost/YMost() can't return values outwith this
|
|
// range:
|
|
float end = aStart + aSize;
|
|
aStart = clamped(aStart, float(nscoord_MIN), float(nscoord_MAX));
|
|
end = clamped(end, float(nscoord_MIN), float(nscoord_MAX));
|
|
|
|
aSize = end - aStart;
|
|
|
|
// We must also clamp aSize to {0,nscoord_MAX} since nsRect::Width/Height()
|
|
// can't return a value greater than nscoord_MAX. If aSize is greater than
|
|
// nscoord_MAX then we reduce it to nscoord_MAX while keeping the rect
|
|
// centered:
|
|
if (aSize > nscoord_MAX) {
|
|
float excess = aSize - nscoord_MAX;
|
|
excess /= 2;
|
|
aStart += excess;
|
|
aSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a gfxFloat, constrains its value to be between nscoord_MIN and nscoord_MAX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aVal The value to constrain (in/out)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(gfxFloat& aVal)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aVal <= nscoord_MIN)
|
|
aVal = nscoord_MIN;
|
|
else if (aVal >= nscoord_MAX)
|
|
aVal = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(gfxFloat& aStart, gfxFloat& aSize)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxFloat max = aStart + aSize;
|
|
|
|
// Clamp the end points to within nscoord range
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(aStart);
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(max);
|
|
|
|
aSize = max - aStart;
|
|
// If the width if still greater than the max nscoord, then bring both
|
|
// endpoints in by the same amount until it fits.
|
|
if (aSize > nscoord_MAX) {
|
|
gfxFloat excess = aSize - nscoord_MAX;
|
|
excess /= 2;
|
|
|
|
aStart += excess;
|
|
aSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
} else if (aSize < nscoord_MIN) {
|
|
gfxFloat excess = aSize - nscoord_MIN;
|
|
excess /= 2;
|
|
|
|
aStart -= excess;
|
|
aSize = nscoord_MIN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(const Rect &aRect, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get a new Rect whose units are app units by scaling by the specified factor. */
|
|
Rect scaledRect = aRect;
|
|
scaledRect.ScaleRoundOut(aFactor);
|
|
|
|
/* We now need to constrain our results to the max and min values for coords. */
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.x, scaledRect.width);
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.y, scaledRect.height);
|
|
|
|
/* Now typecast everything back. This is guaranteed to be safe. */
|
|
return nsRect(nscoord(scaledRect.X()), nscoord(scaledRect.Y()),
|
|
nscoord(scaledRect.Width()), nscoord(scaledRect.Height()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(const gfxRect &aRect, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get a new gfxRect whose units are app units by scaling by the specified factor. */
|
|
gfxRect scaledRect = aRect;
|
|
scaledRect.ScaleRoundOut(aFactor);
|
|
|
|
/* We now need to constrain our results to the max and min values for coords. */
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.x, scaledRect.width);
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.y, scaledRect.height);
|
|
|
|
/* Now typecast everything back. This is guaranteed to be safe. */
|
|
return nsRect(nscoord(scaledRect.X()), nscoord(scaledRect.Y()),
|
|
nscoord(scaledRect.Width()), nscoord(scaledRect.Height()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRegion
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectRect(const nsRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|
const nsRect& aContainedRect)
|
|
{
|
|
// rectFullHeight and rectFullWidth together will approximately contain
|
|
// the total area of the frame minus the rounded corners.
|
|
nsRect rectFullHeight = aRoundedRect;
|
|
nscoord xDiff = std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X], aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X]);
|
|
rectFullHeight.x += xDiff;
|
|
rectFullHeight.width -= std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X]) + xDiff;
|
|
nsRect r1;
|
|
r1.IntersectRect(rectFullHeight, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRect rectFullWidth = aRoundedRect;
|
|
nscoord yDiff = std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y], aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]);
|
|
rectFullWidth.y += yDiff;
|
|
rectFullWidth.height -= std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]) + yDiff;
|
|
nsRect r2;
|
|
r2.IntersectRect(rectFullWidth, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRegion result;
|
|
result.Or(r1, r2);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntRegion
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectIntRect(const nsIntRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|
const gfxCornerSizes& aCorners,
|
|
const nsIntRect& aContainedRect)
|
|
{
|
|
// rectFullHeight and rectFullWidth together will approximately contain
|
|
// the total area of the frame minus the rounded corners.
|
|
nsIntRect rectFullHeight = aRoundedRect;
|
|
uint32_t xDiff = std::max(aCorners.TopLeft().width, aCorners.BottomLeft().width);
|
|
rectFullHeight.x += xDiff;
|
|
rectFullHeight.width -= std::max(aCorners.TopRight().width,
|
|
aCorners.BottomRight().width) + xDiff;
|
|
nsIntRect r1;
|
|
r1.IntersectRect(rectFullHeight, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect rectFullWidth = aRoundedRect;
|
|
uint32_t yDiff = std::max(aCorners.TopLeft().height, aCorners.TopRight().height);
|
|
rectFullWidth.y += yDiff;
|
|
rectFullWidth.height -= std::max(aCorners.BottomLeft().height,
|
|
aCorners.BottomRight().height) + yDiff;
|
|
nsIntRect r2;
|
|
r2.IntersectRect(rectFullWidth, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsIntRegion result;
|
|
result.Or(r1, r2);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Helper for RoundedRectIntersectsRect.
|
|
static bool
|
|
CheckCorner(nscoord aXOffset, nscoord aYOffset,
|
|
nscoord aXRadius, nscoord aYRadius)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aXOffset > 0 && aYOffset > 0,
|
|
"must not pass nonpositives to CheckCorner");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aXRadius >= 0 && aYRadius >= 0,
|
|
"must not pass negatives to CheckCorner");
|
|
|
|
// Avoid floating point math unless we're either (1) within the
|
|
// quarter-ellipse area at the rounded corner or (2) outside the
|
|
// rounding.
|
|
if (aXOffset >= aXRadius || aYOffset >= aYRadius)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
// Convert coordinates to a unit circle with (0,0) as the center of
|
|
// curvature, and see if we're inside the circle or outside.
|
|
float scaledX = float(aXRadius - aXOffset) / float(aXRadius);
|
|
float scaledY = float(aYRadius - aYOffset) / float(aYRadius);
|
|
return scaledX * scaledX + scaledY * scaledY < 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectsRect(const nsRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|
const nsRect& aTestRect)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aTestRect.Intersects(aRoundedRect))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// distances from this edge of aRoundedRect to opposite edge of aTestRect,
|
|
// which we know are positive due to the Intersects check above.
|
|
nsMargin insets;
|
|
insets.top = aTestRect.YMost() - aRoundedRect.y;
|
|
insets.right = aRoundedRect.XMost() - aTestRect.x;
|
|
insets.bottom = aRoundedRect.YMost() - aTestRect.y;
|
|
insets.left = aTestRect.XMost() - aRoundedRect.x;
|
|
|
|
// Check whether the bottom-right corner of aTestRect is inside the
|
|
// top left corner of aBounds when rounded by aRadii, etc. If any
|
|
// corner is not, then fail; otherwise succeed.
|
|
return CheckCorner(insets.left, insets.top,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y]) &&
|
|
CheckCorner(insets.right, insets.top,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]) &&
|
|
CheckCorner(insets.right, insets.bottom,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]) &&
|
|
CheckCorner(insets.left, insets.bottom,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformRectOut(const nsRect &aBounds,
|
|
const gfx3DMatrix &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect outside = aBounds;
|
|
outside.ScaleRoundOut(1/aFactor);
|
|
gfxRect image = aMatrix.TransformBounds(gfxRect(outside.x,
|
|
outside.y,
|
|
outside.width,
|
|
outside.height));
|
|
return RoundGfxRectToAppRect(image, aFactor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformRect(const nsRect &aBounds,
|
|
const gfx3DMatrix &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxRect image = aMatrix.TransformBounds(gfxRect(NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.x, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.y, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.width, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.height, aFactor)));
|
|
|
|
return RoundGfxRectToAppRect(image, aFactor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformPoint(const nsPoint &aPoint,
|
|
const gfx3DMatrix &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxPoint image = aMatrix.Transform(gfxPoint(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.x, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.y, aFactor)));
|
|
return nsPoint(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(image.x), aFactor),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(image.y), aFactor));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfx3DMatrix
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame, const nsIFrame *aAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* parent;
|
|
gfx3DMatrix ctm;
|
|
if (aFrame == aAncestor) {
|
|
return ctm;
|
|
}
|
|
ctm = aFrame->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|
while (parent && parent != aAncestor) {
|
|
if (!parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
ctm.ProjectTo2D();
|
|
}
|
|
ctm = ctm * parent->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|
}
|
|
return ctm;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,100> ancestors1;
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,100> ancestors2;
|
|
nsIFrame* commonAncestor = nullptr;
|
|
if (aFrame1->PresContext() == aFrame2->PresContext()) {
|
|
commonAncestor = aFrame1->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame1; f != commonAncestor;
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
ancestors1.AppendElement(f);
|
|
}
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame2; f != commonAncestor;
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
ancestors2.AppendElement(f);
|
|
}
|
|
uint32_t minLengths = std::min(ancestors1.Length(), ancestors2.Length());
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 1; i <= minLengths; ++i) {
|
|
if (ancestors1[ancestors1.Length() - i] == ancestors2[ancestors2.Length() - i]) {
|
|
commonAncestor = ancestors1[ancestors1.Length() - i];
|
|
} else {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return commonAncestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformPoints(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|
uint32_t aPointCount, CSSPoint* aPoints)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|
}
|
|
gfx3DMatrix downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|
gfx3DMatrix upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale devPixelsPerCSSPixelFromFrame(
|
|
double(nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel())/
|
|
aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale devPixelsPerCSSPixelToFrame(
|
|
double(nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel())/
|
|
aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aPointCount; ++i) {
|
|
LayoutDevicePoint devPixels = aPoints[i] * devPixelsPerCSSPixelFromFrame;
|
|
// What should the behaviour be if some of the points aren't invertible
|
|
// and others are? Just assume all points are for now.
|
|
gfxPoint toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectPoint(
|
|
upToAncestor.Transform(gfxPoint(devPixels.x, devPixels.y))).As2DPoint();
|
|
// Divide here so that when the devPixelsPerCSSPixels are the same, we get the correct
|
|
// answer instead of some inaccuracy multiplying a number by its reciprocal.
|
|
aPoints[i] = LayoutDevicePoint(toDevPixels.x, toDevPixels.y) /
|
|
devPixelsPerCSSPixelToFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformPoint(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|
nsPoint& aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|
}
|
|
gfx3DMatrix downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|
gfx3DMatrix upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxPointH3D toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectPoint(
|
|
upToAncestor.Transform(
|
|
gfxPoint(aPoint.x * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aPoint.y * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame)));
|
|
if (!toDevPixels.HasPositiveWCoord()) {
|
|
// Not strictly true, but we failed to get a valid point in this
|
|
// coordinate space.
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
aPoint.x = toDevPixels.x / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aPoint.y = toDevPixels.y / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformRect(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|
nsRect& aRect)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|
}
|
|
gfx3DMatrix downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|
gfx3DMatrix upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxRect toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectRectBounds(
|
|
upToAncestor.ProjectRectBounds(
|
|
gfxRect(aRect.x * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aRect.y * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aRect.width * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aRect.height * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame)));
|
|
aRect.x = toDevPixels.x / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aRect.y = toDevPixels.y / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aRect.width = toDevPixels.width / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aRect.height = toDevPixels.height / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetLayerTransformForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
gfx3DMatrix* aTransform)
|
|
{
|
|
// FIXME/bug 796690: we can sometimes compute a transform in these
|
|
// cases, it just increases complexity considerably. Punt for now.
|
|
if (aFrame->Preserves3DChildren() || aFrame->HasTransformGetter()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* root = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
|
|
if (root->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE)) {
|
|
// Content may have been invalidated, so we can't reliably compute
|
|
// the "layer transform" in general.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// If the caller doesn't care about the value, early-return to skip
|
|
// overhead below.
|
|
if (!aTransform) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(root, nsDisplayListBuilder::OTHER,
|
|
false/*don't build caret*/);
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
nsDisplayTransform* item =
|
|
new (&builder) nsDisplayTransform(&builder, aFrame, &list, nsRect());
|
|
|
|
*aTransform =
|
|
To3DMatrix(item->GetTransform());
|
|
item->~nsDisplayTransform();
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
const gfxPoint &aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame *aAncestor,
|
|
gfxPoint* aOut)
|
|
{
|
|
gfx3DMatrix ctm = nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestor);
|
|
|
|
float factor = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
nsRect childBounds = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
gfxRect childGfxBounds(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(childBounds.x, factor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(childBounds.y, factor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(childBounds.width, factor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(childBounds.height, factor));
|
|
gfxPointH3D point = ctm.Inverse().ProjectPoint(aPoint);
|
|
if (!point.HasPositiveWCoord()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
*aOut = point.As2DPoint();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gfxRect
|
|
TransformGfxRectToAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
const gfxRect &aRect,
|
|
const nsIFrame *aAncestor,
|
|
bool* aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles = nullptr)
|
|
{
|
|
gfx3DMatrix ctm = nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestor);
|
|
if (aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles) {
|
|
gfxMatrix matrix2d;
|
|
*aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles =
|
|
ctm.Is2D(&matrix2d) && matrix2d.PreservesAxisAlignedRectangles();
|
|
}
|
|
return ctm.TransformBounds(aRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static SVGTextFrame*
|
|
GetContainingSVGTextFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return static_cast<SVGTextFrame*>
|
|
(nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|
nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformAncestorPointToFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame* aAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
SVGTextFrame* text = GetContainingSVGTextFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
float factor = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxPoint result(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.x, factor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.y, factor));
|
|
|
|
if (text) {
|
|
if (!TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(text, result, aAncestor, &result)) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
result = text->TransformFramePointToTextChild(result, aFrame);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(aFrame, result, nullptr, &result)) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsPoint(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.x), factor),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.y), factor));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aRect,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aAncestor,
|
|
bool* aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles /* = nullptr */)
|
|
{
|
|
SVGTextFrame* text = GetContainingSVGTextFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
float srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxRect result;
|
|
|
|
if (text) {
|
|
result = text->TransformFrameRectFromTextChild(aRect, aFrame);
|
|
result = TransformGfxRectToAncestor(text, result, aAncestor);
|
|
// TransformFrameRectFromTextChild could involve any kind of transform, we
|
|
// could drill down into it to get an answer out of it but we don't yet.
|
|
if (aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles)
|
|
*aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
result = gfxRect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.x, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.y, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.width, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.height, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|
result = TransformGfxRectToAncestor(aFrame, result, aAncestor, aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float destAppUnitsPerDevPixel = aAncestor->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
return nsRect(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.x), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.y), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.width), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.height), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIntPoint GetWidgetOffset(nsIWidget* aWidget, nsIWidget*& aRootWidget) {
|
|
nsIntPoint offset(0, 0);
|
|
while ((aWidget->WindowType() == eWindowType_child ||
|
|
aWidget->WindowType() == eWindowType_plugin)) {
|
|
nsIWidget* parent = aWidget->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIntRect bounds;
|
|
aWidget->GetBounds(bounds);
|
|
offset += bounds.TopLeft();
|
|
aWidget = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
aRootWidget = aWidget;
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TranslateWidgetToView(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIWidget* aWidget, nsIntPoint aPt,
|
|
nsView* aView)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint viewOffset;
|
|
nsIWidget* viewWidget = aView->GetNearestWidget(&viewOffset);
|
|
if (!viewWidget) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget* fromRoot;
|
|
nsIntPoint fromOffset = GetWidgetOffset(aWidget, fromRoot);
|
|
nsIWidget* toRoot;
|
|
nsIntPoint toOffset = GetWidgetOffset(viewWidget, toRoot);
|
|
|
|
nsIntPoint widgetPoint;
|
|
if (fromRoot == toRoot) {
|
|
widgetPoint = aPt + fromOffset - toOffset;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIntPoint screenPoint = aWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|
widgetPoint = aPt + screenPoint - viewWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint widgetAppUnits(aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widgetPoint.x),
|
|
aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widgetPoint.y));
|
|
return widgetAppUnits - viewOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Combine aNewBreakType with aOrigBreakType, but limit the break types
|
|
// to NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT, RIGHT, BOTH.
|
|
uint8_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CombineBreakType(uint8_t aOrigBreakType,
|
|
uint8_t aNewBreakType)
|
|
{
|
|
uint8_t breakType = aOrigBreakType;
|
|
switch(breakType) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT:
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|
breakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT:
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|
breakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_NONE:
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|
breakType = aNewBreakType;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return breakType;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
|
static bool gDumpEventList = false;
|
|
int gPaintCount = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRemoteContentIds(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aTarget,
|
|
nsTArray<ViewID> &aOutIDs,
|
|
bool aIgnoreRootScrollFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::EVENT_DELIVERY,
|
|
false);
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
|
|
if (aIgnoreRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame) {
|
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame, aTarget);
|
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, aTarget, &list);
|
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame, aTarget);
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,8> outFrames;
|
|
nsDisplayItem::HitTestState hitTestState(&aOutIDs);
|
|
list.HitTest(&builder, aTarget, &hitTestState, &outFrames);
|
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameForPoint(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPt, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "GetFrameForPoint",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,8> outFrames;
|
|
rv = GetFramesForArea(aFrame, nsRect(aPt, nsSize(1, 1)), outFrames, aFlags);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
|
|
return outFrames.Length() ? outFrames.ElementAt(0) : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFramesForArea(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aRect,
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*> &aOutFrames,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "GetFramesForArea",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::EVENT_DELIVERY,
|
|
false);
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
nsRect target(aRect);
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_PAINT_SUPPRESSION) {
|
|
builder.IgnorePaintSuppression();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_ROOT_SCROLL_FRAME) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame) {
|
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_CROSS_DOC) {
|
|
builder.SetDescendIntoSubdocuments(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame, target);
|
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, target, &list);
|
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame, target);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
if (gDumpEventList) {
|
|
fprintf_stderr(stderr, "Event handling --- (%d,%d):\n", aRect.x, aRect.y);
|
|
|
|
std::stringstream ss;
|
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss);
|
|
print_stderr(ss);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayItem::HitTestState hitTestState;
|
|
list.HitTest(&builder, target, &hitTestState, &aOutFrames);
|
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This function is only used on B2G, and some compilers complain about
|
|
// unused static functions, so we need to #ifdef it.
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GONK
|
|
// aScrollFrame and aScrollFrameAsScrollable must be non-nullptr
|
|
static FrameMetrics
|
|
CalculateFrameMetricsForDisplayPort(nsIFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollFrameAsScrollable) {
|
|
// Calculate the metrics necessary for calculating the displayport.
|
|
// This code has a lot in common with the code in RecordFrameMetrics();
|
|
// we may want to refactor this at some point.
|
|
FrameMetrics metrics;
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aScrollFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale deviceScale(float(nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel())
|
|
/ presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
ParentLayerToLayerScale resolution;
|
|
if (aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|
// Only the root scrollable frame for a given presShell should pick up
|
|
// the presShell's resolution. All the other frames are 1.0.
|
|
resolution = ParentLayerToLayerScale(presShell->GetXResolution(),
|
|
presShell->GetYResolution());
|
|
}
|
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale cumulativeResolution(presShell->GetCumulativeResolution().width);
|
|
|
|
metrics.mDevPixelsPerCSSPixel = deviceScale;
|
|
metrics.mResolution = resolution;
|
|
metrics.mCumulativeResolution = cumulativeResolution;
|
|
metrics.SetZoom(deviceScale * cumulativeResolution * LayerToScreenScale(1));
|
|
|
|
// Only the size of the composition bounds is relevant to the
|
|
// displayport calculation, not its origin.
|
|
nsSize compositionSize = nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|
metrics.mCompositionBounds
|
|
= LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), compositionSize),
|
|
presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel())
|
|
* (cumulativeResolution / resolution);
|
|
|
|
// This function is used for setting a display port for subframes, so
|
|
// aScrollFrame will not be the root content document's root scroll frame.
|
|
metrics.SetRootCompositionSize(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(aScrollFrame, false, metrics));
|
|
|
|
metrics.SetScrollOffset(CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(
|
|
aScrollFrameAsScrollable->GetScrollPosition()));
|
|
|
|
metrics.mScrollableRect = CSSRect::FromAppUnits(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(aScrollFrameAsScrollable, nullptr));
|
|
|
|
return metrics;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetOrMaybeCreateDisplayPort(nsDisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|
nsRect aDisplayPortBase,
|
|
nsRect* aOutDisplayport) {
|
|
nsIContent* content = aScrollFrame->GetContent();
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|
if (!content || !scrollableFrame) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the base rect. Note that this will not influence 'haveDisplayPort',
|
|
// which is based on either the whole rect or margins being set, but it
|
|
// will affect what is returned in 'aOutDisplayPort' if margins are set.
|
|
SetDisplayPortBase(content, aDisplayPortBase);
|
|
|
|
bool haveDisplayPort = GetDisplayPort(content, aOutDisplayport);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GONK
|
|
// On B2G, we perform an optimization where we ensure that at least one
|
|
// async-scrollable frame (i.e. one that WantsAsyncScroll()) has a displayport.
|
|
// If that's not the case yet, and we are async-scrollable, we will get a
|
|
// displayport.
|
|
// Note: we only do this in processes where we do subframe scrolling to
|
|
// begin with (i.e., not in the parent process on B2G).
|
|
if (aBuilder.IsPaintingToWindow() && WantSubAPZC() &&
|
|
!aBuilder.HaveScrollableDisplayPort() &&
|
|
scrollableFrame->WantAsyncScroll()) {
|
|
|
|
// If we don't already have a displayport, calculate and set one.
|
|
if (!haveDisplayPort) {
|
|
FrameMetrics metrics = CalculateFrameMetricsForDisplayPort(aScrollFrame, scrollableFrame);
|
|
LayerMargin displayportMargins = AsyncPanZoomController::CalculatePendingDisplayPort(
|
|
metrics, ScreenPoint(0.0f, 0.0f), 0.0);
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aScrollFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
|
|
gfx::IntSize alignment = gfxPrefs::LayersTilesEnabled()
|
|
? gfx::IntSize(gfxPrefs::LayersTileWidth(), gfxPrefs::LayersTileHeight()) :
|
|
gfx::IntSize(0, 0);
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(
|
|
content, presShell, displayportMargins, alignment.width,
|
|
alignment.height, 0, nsLayoutUtils::RepaintMode::DoNotRepaint);
|
|
haveDisplayPort = GetDisplayPort(content, aOutDisplayport);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(haveDisplayPort, "should have a displayport after having just set it");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Record that the we now have a scrollable display port.
|
|
aBuilder.SetHaveScrollableDisplayPort();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return haveDisplayPort;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PaintFrame(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsRegion& aDirtyRegion, nscolor aBackstop,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (!(view && view->GetWidget() && GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame) == aFrame)) {
|
|
aFlags &= ~PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRenderingContext, "need a rendering context");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
nsRootPresContext* rootPresContext = presContext->GetRootPresContext();
|
|
if (!rootPresContext) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::PAINTING,
|
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_HIDE_CARET));
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
bool usingDisplayPort = false;
|
|
nsRect displayport;
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame && !aFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|
nsRect displayportBase(
|
|
nsPoint(0,0),
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(rootScrollFrame));
|
|
usingDisplayPort = nsLayoutUtils::GetOrMaybeCreateDisplayPort(
|
|
builder, rootScrollFrame, displayportBase, &displayport);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRegion visibleRegion;
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|
// This layer tree will be reused, so we'll need to calculate it
|
|
// for the whole "visible" area of the window
|
|
//
|
|
// |ignoreViewportScrolling| and |usingDisplayPort| are persistent
|
|
// document-rendering state. We rely on PresShell to flush
|
|
// retained layers as needed when that persistent state changes.
|
|
if (!usingDisplayPort) {
|
|
visibleRegion = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
} else {
|
|
visibleRegion = displayport;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
visibleRegion = aDirtyRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we're going to display something different from what we'd normally
|
|
// paint in a window then we will flush out any retained layer trees before
|
|
// *and after* we draw.
|
|
bool willFlushRetainedLayers = (aFlags & PAINT_HIDE_CARET) != 0;
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_IN_TRANSFORM) {
|
|
builder.SetInTransform(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES) {
|
|
builder.SetSyncDecodeImages(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & (PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS | PAINT_TO_WINDOW)) {
|
|
builder.SetPaintingToWindow(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_IGNORE_SUPPRESSION) {
|
|
builder.IgnorePaintSuppression();
|
|
}
|
|
// Windowed plugins aren't allowed in popups
|
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) &&
|
|
!willFlushRetainedLayers &&
|
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE) &&
|
|
rootPresContext->NeedToComputePluginGeometryUpdates()) {
|
|
builder.SetWillComputePluginGeometry(true);
|
|
}
|
|
nsRect canvasArea(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
bool ignoreViewportScrolling =
|
|
aFrame->GetParent() ? false : presShell->IgnoringViewportScrolling();
|
|
if (ignoreViewportScrolling && rootScrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame =
|
|
presShell->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE) {
|
|
// Make visibleRegion and aRenderingContext relative to the
|
|
// scrolled frame instead of the root frame.
|
|
nsPoint pos = rootScrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
visibleRegion.MoveBy(-pos);
|
|
if (aRenderingContext) {
|
|
aRenderingContext->Translate(pos);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
|
|
nsCanvasFrame* canvasFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(rootScrollableFrame->GetScrolledFrame());
|
|
if (canvasFrame) {
|
|
// Use UnionRect here to ensure that areas where the scrollbars
|
|
// were are still filled with the background color.
|
|
canvasArea.UnionRect(canvasArea,
|
|
canvasFrame->CanvasArea() + builder.ToReferenceFrame(canvasFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect dirtyRect = visibleRegion.GetBounds();
|
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame, dirtyRect);
|
|
{
|
|
// If a scrollable container layer is created in nsDisplayList::PaintForFrame,
|
|
// it will be the scroll parent for display items that are built in the
|
|
// BuildDisplayListForStackingContext call below. We need to set the scroll
|
|
// parent on the display list builder while we build those items, so that they
|
|
// can pick up their scroll parent's id.
|
|
ViewID id = FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID;
|
|
if (ignoreViewportScrolling && presContext->IsRootContentDocument()) {
|
|
if (nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|
if (nsIContent* content = rootScrollFrame->GetContent()) {
|
|
id = nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(content);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoCurrentScrollParentIdSetter idSetter(&builder, id);
|
|
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame::BuildDisplayList",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, dirtyRect, &list);
|
|
}
|
|
const bool paintAllContinuations = aFlags & PAINT_ALL_CONTINUATIONS;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!paintAllContinuations || !aFrame->GetPrevContinuation(),
|
|
"If painting all continuations, the frame must be "
|
|
"first-continuation");
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
|
|
if (paintAllContinuations) {
|
|
nsIFrame* currentFrame = aFrame;
|
|
while ((currentFrame = currentFrame->GetNextContinuation()) != nullptr) {
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame::ContinuationsBuildDisplayList",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
nsRect frameDirty = dirtyRect - builder.ToReferenceFrame(currentFrame);
|
|
currentFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder,
|
|
frameDirty, &list);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For the viewport frame in print preview/page layout we want to paint
|
|
// the grey background behind the page, not the canvas color.
|
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::NeedsPrintPreviewBackground(presContext)) {
|
|
nsRect bounds = nsRect(builder.ToReferenceFrame(aFrame),
|
|
aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
presShell->AddPrintPreviewBackgroundItem(builder, list, aFrame, bounds);
|
|
} else if (frameType != nsGkAtoms::pageFrame) {
|
|
// For printing, this function is first called on an nsPageFrame, which
|
|
// creates a display list with a PageContent item. The PageContent item's
|
|
// paint function calls this function on the nsPageFrame's child which is
|
|
// an nsPageContentFrame. We only want to add the canvas background color
|
|
// item once, for the nsPageContentFrame.
|
|
|
|
// Add the canvas background color to the bottom of the list. This
|
|
// happens after we've built the list so that AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem
|
|
// can monkey with the contents if necessary.
|
|
canvasArea.IntersectRect(canvasArea, visibleRegion.GetBounds());
|
|
presShell->AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem(
|
|
builder, list, aFrame, canvasArea, aBackstop);
|
|
|
|
// If the passed in backstop color makes us draw something different from
|
|
// normal, we need to flush layers.
|
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) && !willFlushRetainedLayers) {
|
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
nscolor backstop = presShell->ComputeBackstopColor(view);
|
|
// The PresShell's canvas background color doesn't get updated until
|
|
// EnterPresShell, so this check has to be done after that.
|
|
nscolor canvasColor = presShell->GetCanvasBackground();
|
|
if (NS_ComposeColors(aBackstop, canvasColor) !=
|
|
NS_ComposeColors(backstop, canvasColor)) {
|
|
willFlushRetainedLayers = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame, dirtyRect);
|
|
|
|
if (builder.GetHadToIgnorePaintSuppression()) {
|
|
willFlushRetainedLayers = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
FILE* savedDumpFile = gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile;
|
|
|
|
std::stringstream ss;
|
|
if (gfxUtils::DumpPaintList() || gfxUtils::sDumpPainting) {
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
nsCString string("dump-");
|
|
string.AppendInt(gPaintCount);
|
|
string.AppendLiteral(".html");
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = fopen(string.BeginReading(), "w");
|
|
} else {
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = stderr;
|
|
}
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "<html><head><script>var array = {}; function ViewImage(index) { window.location = array[index]; }</script></head><body>";
|
|
}
|
|
ss << nsPrintfCString("Painting --- before optimization (dirty %d,%d,%d,%d):\n",
|
|
dirtyRect.x, dirtyRect.y, dirtyRect.width, dirtyRect.height).get();
|
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss, gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile);
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "<script>";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint32_t flags = nsDisplayList::PAINT_DEFAULT;
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_USE_WIDGET_LAYERS;
|
|
if (willFlushRetainedLayers) {
|
|
// The caller wanted to paint from retained layers, but set up
|
|
// the paint in such a way that we can't use them. We're going
|
|
// to display something different from what we'd normally paint
|
|
// in a window, so make sure we flush out any retained layer
|
|
// trees before *and after* we draw. Callers should be fixed to
|
|
// not do this.
|
|
NS_WARNING("Flushing retained layers!");
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_FLUSH_LAYERS;
|
|
} else if (!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE)) {
|
|
nsIWidget *widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
// If we're finished building display list items for painting of the outermost
|
|
// pres shell, notify the widget about any toolbars we've encountered.
|
|
widget->UpdateThemeGeometries(builder.GetThemeGeometries());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_EXISTING_TRANSACTION) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_EXISTING_TRANSACTION;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_NO_COMPOSITE) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_NO_COMPOSITE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_COMPRESSED) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_COMPRESSED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
list.PaintRoot(&builder, aRenderingContext, flags);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
if (gfxUtils::DumpPaintList() || gfxUtils::sDumpPainting) {
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "</script>";
|
|
}
|
|
ss << "Painting --- after optimization:\n";
|
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss, gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile);
|
|
|
|
ss << "Painting --- retained layer tree:\n";
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<LayerManager> layerManager = widget->GetLayerManager();
|
|
if (layerManager) {
|
|
FrameLayerBuilder::DumpRetainedLayerTree(layerManager, ss,
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "</body></html>";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fprint_stderr(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile, ss);
|
|
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
fclose(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile);
|
|
}
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = savedDumpFile;
|
|
gPaintCount++;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Update the widget's opaque region information. This sets
|
|
// glass boundaries on Windows. Also set up plugin clip regions and bounds.
|
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) &&
|
|
!willFlushRetainedLayers &&
|
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE)) {
|
|
nsIWidget *widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsRegion excludedRegion = builder.GetWindowOpaqueRegion();
|
|
nsIntRegion windowRegion(excludedRegion.ToNearestPixels(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel()));
|
|
widget->UpdateOpaqueRegion(windowRegion);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (builder.WillComputePluginGeometry()) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<LayerManager> layerManager;
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
layerManager = widget->GetLayerManager();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rootPresContext->ComputePluginGeometryUpdates(aFrame, &builder, &list);
|
|
|
|
// We're not going to get a WillPaintWindow event here if we didn't do
|
|
// widget invalidation, so just apply the plugin geometry update here instead.
|
|
// We could instead have the compositor send back an equivalent to WillPaintWindow,
|
|
// but it should be close enough to now not to matter.
|
|
if (layerManager && !layerManager->NeedsWidgetInvalidation()) {
|
|
rootPresContext->ApplyPluginGeometryUpdates();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We told the compositor thread not to composite when it received the transaction because
|
|
// we wanted to update plugins first. Schedule the composite now.
|
|
if (layerManager) {
|
|
layerManager->Composite();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Flush the list so we don't trigger the IsEmpty-on-destruction assertion
|
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Uses a binary search for find where the cursor falls in the line of text
|
|
* It also keeps track of the part of the string that has already been measured
|
|
* so it doesn't have to keep measuring the same text over and over
|
|
*
|
|
* @param "aBaseWidth" contains the width in twips of the portion
|
|
* of the text that has already been measured, and aBaseInx contains
|
|
* the index of the text that has already been measured.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aTextWidth returns the (in twips) the length of the text that falls
|
|
* before the cursor aIndex contains the index of the text where the cursor falls
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::BinarySearchForPosition(nsRenderingContext* aRendContext,
|
|
const char16_t* aText,
|
|
int32_t aBaseWidth,
|
|
int32_t aBaseInx,
|
|
int32_t aStartInx,
|
|
int32_t aEndInx,
|
|
int32_t aCursorPos,
|
|
int32_t& aIndex,
|
|
int32_t& aTextWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t range = aEndInx - aStartInx;
|
|
if ((range == 1) || (range == 2 && NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(aText[aStartInx]))) {
|
|
aIndex = aStartInx + aBaseInx;
|
|
aTextWidth = aRendContext->GetWidth(aText, aIndex);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t inx = aStartInx + (range / 2);
|
|
|
|
// Make sure we don't leave a dangling low surrogate
|
|
if (NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(aText[inx-1]))
|
|
inx++;
|
|
|
|
int32_t textWidth = aRendContext->GetWidth(aText, inx);
|
|
|
|
int32_t fullWidth = aBaseWidth + textWidth;
|
|
if (fullWidth == aCursorPos) {
|
|
aTextWidth = textWidth;
|
|
aIndex = inx;
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (aCursorPos < fullWidth) {
|
|
aTextWidth = aBaseWidth;
|
|
if (BinarySearchForPosition(aRendContext, aText, aBaseWidth, aBaseInx, aStartInx, inx, aCursorPos, aIndex, aTextWidth)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
aTextWidth = fullWidth;
|
|
if (BinarySearchForPosition(aRendContext, aText, aBaseWidth, aBaseInx, inx, aEndInx, aCursorPos, aIndex, aTextWidth)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::BoxCallback* aCallback)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudoType = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
|
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(), aCallback);
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstChild(nsIFrame::kCaptionList);
|
|
if (kid) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(kid, aCallback);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozMathMLAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozXULAnonymousBlock) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(); kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(kid, aCallback);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
aCallback->AddBox(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowBoxes(nsIFrame* aFrame, BoxCallback* aCallback)
|
|
{
|
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(aFrame, aCallback);
|
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudoType = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
|
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild());
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstChild(nsIFrame::kCaptionList);
|
|
if (kid) {
|
|
f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(kid);
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozMathMLAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozXULAnonymousBlock) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(); kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(kid);
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct BoxToRect : public nsLayoutUtils::BoxCallback {
|
|
nsIFrame* mRelativeTo;
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectCallback* mCallback;
|
|
uint32_t mFlags;
|
|
|
|
BoxToRect(nsIFrame* aRelativeTo, nsLayoutUtils::RectCallback* aCallback,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
: mRelativeTo(aRelativeTo), mCallback(aCallback), mFlags(aFlags) {}
|
|
|
|
virtual void AddBox(nsIFrame* aFrame) MOZ_OVERRIDE {
|
|
nsRect r;
|
|
nsIFrame* outer = nsSVGUtils::GetOuterSVGFrameAndCoveredRegion(aFrame, &r);
|
|
if (!outer) {
|
|
outer = aFrame;
|
|
switch (mFlags & nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_WHICH_BOX_MASK) {
|
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_CONTENT_BOX:
|
|
r = aFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
break;
|
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_PADDING_BOX:
|
|
r = aFrame->GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
break;
|
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_MARGIN_BOX:
|
|
r = aFrame->GetMarginRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
break;
|
|
default: // Use the border box
|
|
r = aFrame->GetRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (mFlags & nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_ACCOUNT_FOR_TRANSFORMS) {
|
|
r = nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(outer, r, mRelativeTo);
|
|
} else {
|
|
r += outer->GetOffsetTo(mRelativeTo);
|
|
}
|
|
mCallback->AddRect(r);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRects(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame* aRelativeTo,
|
|
RectCallback* aCallback, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
BoxToRect converter(aRelativeTo, aCallback, aFlags);
|
|
GetAllInFlowBoxes(aFrame, &converter);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectAccumulator::RectAccumulator() : mSeenFirstRect(false) {}
|
|
|
|
void nsLayoutUtils::RectAccumulator::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|
mResultRect.UnionRect(mResultRect, aRect);
|
|
if (!mSeenFirstRect) {
|
|
mSeenFirstRect = true;
|
|
mFirstRect = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectListBuilder::RectListBuilder(DOMRectList* aList)
|
|
: mRectList(aList)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsLayoutUtils::RectListBuilder::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<DOMRect> rect = new DOMRect(mRectList);
|
|
|
|
rect->SetLayoutRect(aRect);
|
|
mRectList->Append(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FirstAndLastRectCollector::FirstAndLastRectCollector()
|
|
: mSeenFirstRect(false)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsLayoutUtils::FirstAndLastRectCollector::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|
if (!mSeenFirstRect) {
|
|
mSeenFirstRect = true;
|
|
mFirstRect = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mLastRect = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsLayoutUtils::GetContainingBlockForClientRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRectsUnion(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame* aRelativeTo,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags) {
|
|
RectAccumulator accumulator;
|
|
GetAllInFlowRects(aFrame, aRelativeTo, &accumulator, aFlags);
|
|
return accumulator.mResultRect.IsEmpty() ? accumulator.mFirstRect
|
|
: accumulator.mResultRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextShadowRectsUnion(const nsRect& aTextAndDecorationsRect,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleText* textStyle = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|
if (!textStyle->HasTextShadow())
|
|
return aTextAndDecorationsRect;
|
|
|
|
nsRect resultRect = aTextAndDecorationsRect;
|
|
int32_t A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < textStyle->mTextShadow->Length(); ++i) {
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = textStyle->mTextShadow->ShadowAt(i);
|
|
nsMargin blur = nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D);
|
|
if ((aFlags & EXCLUDE_BLUR_SHADOWS) && blur != nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
nsRect tmpRect(aTextAndDecorationsRect);
|
|
|
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(blur);
|
|
|
|
resultRect.UnionRect(resultRect, tmpRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return resultRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsFontMetrics** aFontMetrics,
|
|
float aInflation)
|
|
{
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForStyleContext(aFrame->StyleContext(),
|
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|
aInflation);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForStyleContext(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsFontMetrics** aFontMetrics,
|
|
float aInflation)
|
|
{
|
|
// pass the user font set object into the device context to pass along to CreateFontGroup
|
|
nsPresContext* pc = aStyleContext->PresContext();
|
|
gfxUserFontSet* fs = pc->GetUserFontSet();
|
|
gfxTextPerfMetrics* tp = pc->GetTextPerfMetrics();
|
|
|
|
nsFont font = aStyleContext->StyleFont()->mFont;
|
|
// We need to not run font.size through floats when it's large since
|
|
// doing so would be lossy. Fortunately, in such cases, aInflation is
|
|
// guaranteed to be 1.0f.
|
|
if (aInflation != 1.0f) {
|
|
font.size = NSToCoordRound(font.size * aInflation);
|
|
}
|
|
return pc->DeviceContext()->GetMetricsFor(
|
|
font, aStyleContext->StyleFont()->mLanguage,
|
|
fs, tp, *aFontMetrics);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindChildContainingDescendant(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aDescendantFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* result = aDescendantFrame;
|
|
|
|
while (result) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = result->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent == aParent) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The frame is not an immediate child of aParent so walk up another level
|
|
result = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBlockFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBlockFrame* block = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
|
|
return block;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBlockFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindNearestBlockAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nextAncestor;
|
|
for (nextAncestor = aFrame->GetParent(); nextAncestor;
|
|
nextAncestor = nextAncestor->GetParent()) {
|
|
nsBlockFrame* block = GetAsBlock(nextAncestor);
|
|
if (block)
|
|
return block;
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNonGeneratedAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT))
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
do {
|
|
f = GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(f);
|
|
} while (f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT);
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)
|
|
&& !aFrame->GetPrevInFlow()) {
|
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->
|
|
GetPlaceholderFrameFor(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderForCrossDoc(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
|
if (f)
|
|
return f;
|
|
return GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|
if (result)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) != 0) {
|
|
// We only store the ib-split sibling annotation with the first
|
|
// frame in the continuation chain. Walk back to find that frame now.
|
|
aFrame = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
|
|
void* value = aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling());
|
|
return static_cast<nsIFrame*>(value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
if (result->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|
while (true) {
|
|
nsIFrame *f = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
(result->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling()));
|
|
if (!f)
|
|
break;
|
|
result = f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsFirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) &&
|
|
aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling())) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsViewportScrollbarFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (!rootScrollFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(rootScrollableFrame, "The root scorollable frame is null");
|
|
|
|
if (!IsProperAncestorFrame(rootScrollFrame, aFrame))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrolledFrame = rootScrollableFrame->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|
return !(rootScrolledFrame == aFrame ||
|
|
IsProperAncestorFrame(rootScrolledFrame, aFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord AddPercents(nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|
nscoord aCurrent, float aPercent)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord result = aCurrent;
|
|
if (aPercent > 0.0f && aType == nsLayoutUtils::PREF_ISIZE) {
|
|
// XXX Should we also consider percentages for min widths, up to a
|
|
// limit?
|
|
if (aPercent >= 1.0f)
|
|
result = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
else
|
|
result = NSToCoordRound(float(result) / (1.0f - aPercent));
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use only for widths/heights (or their min/max), since it clamps
|
|
// negative calc() results to 0.
|
|
static bool GetAbsoluteCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle, nscoord& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aStyle.IsCalcUnit()) {
|
|
if (aStyle.CalcHasPercent()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// If it has no percents, we can pass 0 for the percentage basis.
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(aStyle, 0);
|
|
if (aResult < 0)
|
|
aResult = 0;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eStyleUnit_Coord != aStyle.GetUnit())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
aResult = aStyle.GetCoordValue();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aResult >= 0, "negative widths not allowed");
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only call on style coords for which GetAbsoluteCoord returned false.
|
|
static bool
|
|
GetPercentHeight(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (eStyleUnit_Percent != aStyle.GetUnit() &&
|
|
!aStyle.IsCalcUnit())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!aStyle.IsCalcUnit() || aStyle.CalcHasPercent(),
|
|
"GetAbsoluteCoord should have handled this");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *f = aFrame->GetContainingBlock();
|
|
if (!f) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("top of frame tree not a containing block");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// During reflow, nsHTMLScrollFrame::ReflowScrolledFrame uses
|
|
// SetComputedHeight on the reflow state for its child to propagate its
|
|
// computed height to the scrolled content. So here we skip to the scroll
|
|
// frame that contains this scrolled content in order to get the same
|
|
// behavior as layout when computing percentage heights.
|
|
if (f->StyleContext()->GetPseudo() == nsCSSAnonBoxes::scrolledContent) {
|
|
f = f->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePosition *pos = f->StylePosition();
|
|
nscoord h;
|
|
if (!GetAbsoluteCoord(pos->mHeight, h) &&
|
|
!GetPercentHeight(pos->mHeight, f, h)) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
pos->mHeight.HasPercent(),
|
|
"unknown height unit");
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = f->GetType();
|
|
if (fType != nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame && fType != nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame &&
|
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame) {
|
|
// There's no basis for the percentage height, so it acts like auto.
|
|
// Should we consider a max-height < min-height pair a basis for
|
|
// percentage heights? The spec is somewhat unclear, and not doing
|
|
// so is simpler and avoids troubling discontinuities in behavior,
|
|
// so I'll choose not to. -LDB
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"Unexpected height unit for viewport or canvas or page-content");
|
|
// For the viewport, canvas, and page-content kids, the percentage
|
|
// basis is just the parent height.
|
|
h = f->GetSize().height;
|
|
if (h == NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
|
|
// We don't have a percentage basis after all
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord maxh;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(pos->mMaxHeight, maxh) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(pos->mMaxHeight, f, maxh)) {
|
|
if (maxh < h)
|
|
h = maxh;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mMaxHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|
pos->mMaxHeight.HasPercent(),
|
|
"unknown max-height unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord minh;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(pos->mMinHeight, minh) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(pos->mMinHeight, f, minh)) {
|
|
if (minh > h)
|
|
h = minh;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mMinHeight.HasPercent() ||
|
|
pos->mMinHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"unknown min-height unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aStyle.IsCalcUnit()) {
|
|
aResult = std::max(nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(aStyle, h), 0);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aResult = NSToCoordRound(aStyle.GetPercentValue() * h);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handles only -moz-max-content and -moz-min-content, and
|
|
// -moz-fit-content for min-width and max-width, since the others
|
|
// (-moz-fit-content for width, and -moz-available) have no effect on
|
|
// intrinsic widths.
|
|
enum eWidthProperty { PROP_WIDTH, PROP_MAX_WIDTH, PROP_MIN_WIDTH };
|
|
static bool
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
eWidthProperty aProperty,
|
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aProperty == PROP_WIDTH || aProperty == PROP_MAX_WIDTH ||
|
|
aProperty == PROP_MIN_WIDTH, "unexpected property");
|
|
if (aStyle.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Enumerated)
|
|
return false;
|
|
int32_t val = aStyle.GetIntValue();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE,
|
|
"unexpected enumerated value for width property");
|
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE)
|
|
return false;
|
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT) {
|
|
if (aProperty == PROP_WIDTH)
|
|
return false; // handle like 'width: auto'
|
|
if (aProperty == PROP_MAX_WIDTH)
|
|
// constrain large 'width' values down to -moz-max-content
|
|
val = NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT;
|
|
else
|
|
// constrain small 'width' or 'max-width' values up to -moz-min-content
|
|
val = NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT,
|
|
"should have reduced everything remaining to one of these");
|
|
|
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT)
|
|
aResult = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
else
|
|
aResult = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#undef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
static int32_t gNoiseIndent = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define MULDIV(a,b,c) (nscoord(int64_t(a) * int64_t(b) / int64_t(c)))
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null frame");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aType == MIN_ISIZE || aType == PREF_ISIZE, "bad type");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|
printf_stderr(" %s intrinsic width for container:\n",
|
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData offsets =
|
|
aFrame->IntrinsicISizeOffsets(aRenderingContext);
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePosition *stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|
uint8_t boxSizing = stylePos->mBoxSizing;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleWidth = stylePos->mWidth;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMinWidth = stylePos->mMinWidth;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMaxWidth = stylePos->mMaxWidth;
|
|
|
|
// We build up two values starting with the content box, and then
|
|
// adding padding, border and margin. The result is normally
|
|
// |result|. Then, when we handle 'width', 'min-width', and
|
|
// 'max-width', we use the results we've been building in |min| as a
|
|
// minimum, overriding 'min-width'. This ensures two things:
|
|
// * that we don't let a value of 'box-sizing' specifying a width
|
|
// smaller than the padding/border inside the box-sizing box give
|
|
// a content width less than zero
|
|
// * that we prevent tables from becoming smaller than their
|
|
// intrinsic minimum width
|
|
nscoord result = 0, min = 0;
|
|
|
|
nscoord maxw;
|
|
bool haveFixedMaxWidth = GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMaxWidth, maxw);
|
|
nscoord minw;
|
|
|
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|
bool haveFixedMinWidth;
|
|
if (eStyleUnit_Auto == styleMinWidth.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|
minw = 0;
|
|
haveFixedMinWidth = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
haveFixedMinWidth = GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMinWidth, minw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have a specified width (or a specified 'min-width' greater
|
|
// than the specified 'max-width', which works out to the same thing),
|
|
// don't even bother getting the frame's intrinsic width, because in
|
|
// this case GetAbsoluteCoord(styleWidth, w) will always succeed, so
|
|
// we'll never need the intrinsic dimensions.
|
|
if (styleWidth.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
(styleWidth.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|
styleWidth.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT)) {
|
|
// -moz-fit-content and -moz-available enumerated widths compute intrinsic
|
|
// widths just like auto.
|
|
// For -moz-max-content and -moz-min-content, we handle them like
|
|
// specified widths, but ignore box-sizing.
|
|
boxSizing = NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_CONTENT;
|
|
} else if (!styleWidth.ConvertsToLength() &&
|
|
!(haveFixedMinWidth && haveFixedMaxWidth && maxw <= minw)) {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
++gNoiseIndent;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (aType == MIN_ISIZE)
|
|
result = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
else
|
|
result = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
--gNoiseIndent;
|
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|
printf_stderr(" %s intrinsic width from frame is %d.\n",
|
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref", result);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Handle elements with an intrinsic ratio (or size) and a specified
|
|
// height, min-height, or max-height.
|
|
// NOTE: We treat "min-height:auto" as "0" for the purpose of this code,
|
|
// since that's what it means in all cases except for on flex items -- and
|
|
// even there, we're supposed to ignore it (i.e. treat it as 0) until the
|
|
// flex container explicitly considers it.
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleHeight = stylePos->mHeight;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMinHeight = stylePos->mMinHeight;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMaxHeight = stylePos->mMaxHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (styleHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
!(styleMinHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
(styleMinHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord &&
|
|
styleMinHeight.GetCoordValue() == 0)) ||
|
|
styleMaxHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None) {
|
|
|
|
nsSize ratio = aFrame->GetIntrinsicRatio();
|
|
|
|
if (ratio.height != 0) {
|
|
nscoord heightTakenByBoxSizing = 0;
|
|
switch (boxSizing) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER: {
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
|
|
heightTakenByBoxSizing +=
|
|
styleBorder->GetComputedBorder().TopBottom();
|
|
// fall through
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING: {
|
|
if (!(aFlags & IGNORE_PADDING)) {
|
|
const nsStylePadding* stylePadding = aFrame->StylePadding();
|
|
nscoord pad;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(stylePadding->mPadding.GetTop(), pad) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(stylePadding->mPadding.GetTop(), aFrame, pad)) {
|
|
heightTakenByBoxSizing += pad;
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(stylePadding->mPadding.GetBottom(), pad) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(stylePadding->mPadding.GetBottom(), aFrame, pad)) {
|
|
heightTakenByBoxSizing += pad;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// fall through
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_CONTENT:
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord h;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleHeight, h) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(styleHeight, aFrame, h)) {
|
|
h = std::max(0, h - heightTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|
result = MULDIV(h, ratio.width, ratio.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMaxHeight, h) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(styleMaxHeight, aFrame, h)) {
|
|
h = std::max(0, h - heightTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|
nscoord maxWidth = MULDIV(h, ratio.width, ratio.height);
|
|
if (maxWidth < result)
|
|
result = maxWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMinHeight, h) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(styleMinHeight, aFrame, h)) {
|
|
h = std::max(0, h - heightTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|
nscoord minWidth = MULDIV(h, ratio.width, ratio.height);
|
|
if (minWidth > result)
|
|
result = minWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableFrame) {
|
|
// Tables can't shrink smaller than their intrinsic minimum width,
|
|
// no matter what.
|
|
min = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We also need to track what has been added on outside of the box
|
|
// (controlled by 'box-sizing') where 'width', 'min-width' and
|
|
// 'max-width' are applied. We have to account for these properties
|
|
// after getting all the offsets (margin, border, padding) because
|
|
// percentages do not operate linearly.
|
|
// Doing this is ok because although percentages aren't handled
|
|
// linearly, they are handled monotonically.
|
|
nscoord coordOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
float pctOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
float pctTotal = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
if (!(aFlags & IGNORE_PADDING)) {
|
|
coordOutsideWidth += offsets.hPadding;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth += offsets.hPctPadding;
|
|
|
|
if (boxSizing == NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING) {
|
|
min += coordOutsideWidth;
|
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideWidth);
|
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideWidth;
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth += offsets.hBorder;
|
|
|
|
if (boxSizing == NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER) {
|
|
min += coordOutsideWidth;
|
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideWidth);
|
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideWidth;
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth += offsets.hMargin;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth += offsets.hPctMargin;
|
|
|
|
min += coordOutsideWidth;
|
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideWidth);
|
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideWidth;
|
|
|
|
nscoord w;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleWidth, w) ||
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(styleWidth, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|
PROP_WIDTH, w)) {
|
|
result = AddPercents(aType, w + coordOutsideWidth, pctOutsideWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aType == MIN_ISIZE &&
|
|
// The only cases of coord-percent-calc() units that
|
|
// GetAbsoluteCoord didn't handle are percent and calc()s
|
|
// containing percent.
|
|
styleWidth.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit() &&
|
|
aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eReplaced)) {
|
|
// A percentage width on replaced elements means they can shrink to 0.
|
|
result = 0; // let |min| handle padding/border/margin
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// NOTE: We could really do a lot better for percents and for some
|
|
// cases of calc() containing percent (certainly including any where
|
|
// the coefficient on the percent is positive and there are no max()
|
|
// expressions). However, doing better for percents wouldn't be
|
|
// backwards compatible.
|
|
result = AddPercents(aType, result, pctTotal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (haveFixedMaxWidth ||
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(styleMaxWidth, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|
PROP_MAX_WIDTH, maxw)) {
|
|
maxw = AddPercents(aType, maxw + coordOutsideWidth, pctOutsideWidth);
|
|
if (result > maxw)
|
|
result = maxw;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (haveFixedMinWidth ||
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(styleMinWidth, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|
PROP_MIN_WIDTH, minw)) {
|
|
minw = AddPercents(aType, minw + coordOutsideWidth, pctOutsideWidth);
|
|
if (result < minw)
|
|
result = minw;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
min = AddPercents(aType, min, pctTotal);
|
|
if (result < min)
|
|
result = min;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (aFrame->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsIntSize size(0, 0);
|
|
bool canOverride = true;
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->
|
|
GetMinimumWidgetSize(presContext, aFrame, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&size, &canOverride);
|
|
|
|
nscoord themeWidth = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(size.width);
|
|
|
|
// GMWS() returns a border-box width
|
|
themeWidth += offsets.hMargin;
|
|
themeWidth = AddPercents(aType, themeWidth, offsets.hPctMargin);
|
|
|
|
if (themeWidth > result || !canOverride)
|
|
result = themeWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|
printf_stderr(" %s intrinsic width for container is %d twips.\n",
|
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref", result);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeCBDependentValue(nscoord aPercentBasis,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aPercentBasis != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"have unconstrained width or height; this should only "
|
|
"result from very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic "
|
|
"size calculation");
|
|
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, aPercentBasis);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|
aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"unexpected width value");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockWidth,
|
|
nscoord aContentEdgeToBoxSizing,
|
|
nscoord aBoxSizingToMarginEdge,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame expected");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRenderingContext, "non-null rendering context expected");
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aContainingBlockWidth != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"have unconstrained width; this should only result from "
|
|
"very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic width "
|
|
"calculation");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContainingBlockWidth >= 0,
|
|
"width less than zero");
|
|
|
|
nscoord result;
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
result = nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord,
|
|
aContainingBlockWidth);
|
|
// The result of a calc() expression might be less than 0; we
|
|
// should clamp at runtime (below). (Percentages and coords that
|
|
// are less than 0 have already been dropped by the parser.)
|
|
result -= aContentEdgeToBoxSizing;
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(eStyleUnit_Enumerated == aCoord.GetUnit());
|
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
int32_t val = aCoord.GetIntValue();
|
|
switch (val) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT:
|
|
result = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "width less than zero");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT:
|
|
result = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "width less than zero");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT:
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord pref = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|
min = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|
fill = aContainingBlockWidth -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
result = std::max(min, std::min(pref, fill));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "width less than zero");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE:
|
|
result = aContainingBlockWidth -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return std::max(0, result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightDependentValue(
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockHeight,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
// XXXldb Some callers explicitly check aContainingBlockHeight
|
|
// against NS_AUTOHEIGHT *and* unit against eStyleUnit_Percent or
|
|
// calc()s containing percents before calling this function.
|
|
// However, it would be much more likely to catch problems without
|
|
// the unit conditions.
|
|
// XXXldb Many callers pass a non-'auto' containing block height when
|
|
// according to CSS2.1 they should be passing 'auto'.
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(NS_AUTOHEIGHT != aContainingBlockHeight ||
|
|
!aCoord.HasPercent(),
|
|
"unexpected containing block height");
|
|
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, aContainingBlockHeight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|
aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"unexpected height value");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MarkDescendantsDirty(nsIFrame *aSubtreeRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 4> subtrees;
|
|
subtrees.AppendElement(aSubtreeRoot);
|
|
|
|
// dirty descendants, iterating over subtrees that may include
|
|
// additional subtrees associated with placeholders
|
|
do {
|
|
nsIFrame *subtreeRoot = subtrees.ElementAt(subtrees.Length() - 1);
|
|
subtrees.RemoveElementAt(subtrees.Length() - 1);
|
|
|
|
// Mark all descendants dirty (using an nsTArray stack rather than
|
|
// recursion).
|
|
// Note that nsHTMLReflowState::InitResizeFlags has some similar
|
|
// code; see comments there for how and why it differs.
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 32> stack;
|
|
stack.AppendElement(subtreeRoot);
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
nsIFrame *f = stack.ElementAt(stack.Length() - 1);
|
|
stack.RemoveElementAt(stack.Length() - 1);
|
|
|
|
f->MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();
|
|
|
|
if (f->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame *oof = nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameForPlaceholder(f);
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(subtreeRoot, oof)) {
|
|
// We have another distinct subtree we need to mark.
|
|
subtrees.AppendElement(oof);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(f);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = childFrames.get();
|
|
stack.AppendElement(kid);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (stack.Length() != 0);
|
|
} while (subtrees.Length() != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|
nsSize aIntrinsicRatio, nsSize aCBSize,
|
|
nsSize aMargin, nsSize aBorder, nsSize aPadding)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStylePosition* stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|
|
|
// If we're a flex item, we'll compute our size a bit differently.
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* widthStyleCoord = &(stylePos->mWidth);
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* heightStyleCoord = &(stylePos->mHeight);
|
|
|
|
bool isFlexItem = aFrame->IsFlexItem();
|
|
bool isHorizontalFlexItem = false;
|
|
|
|
if (isFlexItem) {
|
|
// Flex items use their "flex-basis" property in place of their main-size
|
|
// property (e.g. "width") for sizing purposes, *unless* they have
|
|
// "flex-basis:main-size", in which case they use their main-size property
|
|
// after all.
|
|
uint32_t flexDirection =
|
|
aFrame->GetParent()->StylePosition()->mFlexDirection;
|
|
isHorizontalFlexItem =
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW ||
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW_REVERSE;
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: The logic here should match the similar chunk for determining
|
|
// widthStyleCoord and heightStyleCoord in nsFrame::ComputeSize().
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* flexBasis = &(stylePos->mFlexBasis);
|
|
if (!nsStyleUtil::IsFlexBasisMainSize(*flexBasis, isHorizontalFlexItem)) {
|
|
(isHorizontalFlexItem ? widthStyleCoord : heightStyleCoord) = flexBasis;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handle intrinsic sizes and their interaction with
|
|
// {min-,max-,}{width,height} according to the rules in
|
|
// http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths
|
|
|
|
// Note: throughout the following section of the function, I avoid
|
|
// a * (b / c) because of its reduced accuracy relative to a * b / c
|
|
// or (a * b) / c (which are equivalent).
|
|
|
|
const bool isAutoWidth = widthStyleCoord->GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto;
|
|
const bool isAutoHeight = IsAutoHeight(*heightStyleCoord, aCBSize.height);
|
|
|
|
nsSize boxSizingAdjust(0,0);
|
|
switch (stylePos->mBoxSizing) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER:
|
|
boxSizingAdjust += aBorder;
|
|
// fall through
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING:
|
|
boxSizingAdjust += aPadding;
|
|
}
|
|
nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth =
|
|
aMargin.width + aBorder.width + aPadding.width - boxSizingAdjust.width;
|
|
|
|
nscoord width, minWidth, maxWidth, height, minHeight, maxHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (!isAutoWidth) {
|
|
width = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aFrame, aCBSize.width, boxSizingAdjust.width,
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth, *widthStyleCoord);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stylePos->mMaxWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isHorizontalFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxWidth = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aFrame, aCBSize.width, boxSizingAdjust.width,
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth, stylePos->mMaxWidth);
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxWidth = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: Flex items ignore their min & max sizing properties in their
|
|
// flex container's main-axis. (Those properties get applied later in
|
|
// the flexbox algorithm.)
|
|
if (stylePos->mMinWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isHorizontalFlexItem)) {
|
|
minWidth = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aFrame, aCBSize.width, boxSizingAdjust.width,
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth, stylePos->mMinWidth);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|
minWidth = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!isAutoHeight) {
|
|
height = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.height,
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.height,
|
|
*heightStyleCoord);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mMaxHeight, aCBSize.height) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isHorizontalFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxHeight = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.height,
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.height,
|
|
stylePos->mMaxHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxHeight = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mMinHeight, aCBSize.height) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isHorizontalFlexItem)) {
|
|
minHeight = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.height,
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.height,
|
|
stylePos->mMinHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
minHeight = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Resolve percentage intrinsic width/height as necessary:
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCBSize.width != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"Our containing block must not have unconstrained width!");
|
|
|
|
bool hasIntrinsicISize, hasIntrinsicBSize;
|
|
nscoord intrinsicISize, intrinsicBSize;
|
|
|
|
if (aIntrinsicSize.width.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
hasIntrinsicISize = true;
|
|
intrinsicISize = aIntrinsicSize.width.GetCoordValue();
|
|
if (intrinsicISize < 0)
|
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aIntrinsicSize.width.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
hasIntrinsicISize = false;
|
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aIntrinsicSize.height.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = true;
|
|
intrinsicBSize = aIntrinsicSize.height.GetCoordValue();
|
|
if (intrinsicBSize < 0)
|
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aIntrinsicSize.height.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = false;
|
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aIntrinsicRatio.width >= 0 && aIntrinsicRatio.height >= 0,
|
|
"Intrinsic ratio has a negative component!");
|
|
|
|
// Now calculate the used values for width and height:
|
|
|
|
if (isAutoWidth) {
|
|
if (isAutoHeight) {
|
|
|
|
// 'auto' width, 'auto' height
|
|
|
|
// Get tentative values - CSS 2.1 sections 10.3.2 and 10.6.2:
|
|
|
|
nscoord tentWidth, tentHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|
tentWidth = intrinsicISize;
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize && aIntrinsicRatio.height > 0) {
|
|
tentWidth = MULDIV(intrinsicBSize, aIntrinsicRatio.width, aIntrinsicRatio.height);
|
|
} else if (aIntrinsicRatio.width > 0) {
|
|
tentWidth = aCBSize.width - boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth; // XXX scrollbar?
|
|
if (tentWidth < 0) tentWidth = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
tentWidth = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|
tentHeight = intrinsicBSize;
|
|
} else if (aIntrinsicRatio.width > 0) {
|
|
tentHeight = MULDIV(tentWidth, aIntrinsicRatio.height, aIntrinsicRatio.width);
|
|
} else {
|
|
tentHeight = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(minWidth, minHeight,
|
|
maxWidth, maxHeight,
|
|
tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// 'auto' width, non-'auto' height
|
|
height = NS_CSS_MINMAX(height, minHeight, maxHeight);
|
|
if (aIntrinsicRatio.height > 0) {
|
|
width = MULDIV(height, aIntrinsicRatio.width, aIntrinsicRatio.height);
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|
width = intrinsicISize;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|
}
|
|
width = NS_CSS_MINMAX(width, minWidth, maxWidth);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (isAutoHeight) {
|
|
|
|
// non-'auto' width, 'auto' height
|
|
width = NS_CSS_MINMAX(width, minWidth, maxWidth);
|
|
if (aIntrinsicRatio.width > 0) {
|
|
height = MULDIV(width, aIntrinsicRatio.height, aIntrinsicRatio.width);
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|
height = intrinsicBSize;
|
|
} else {
|
|
height = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|
}
|
|
height = NS_CSS_MINMAX(height, minHeight, maxHeight);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// non-'auto' width, non-'auto' height
|
|
width = NS_CSS_MINMAX(width, minWidth, maxWidth);
|
|
height = NS_CSS_MINMAX(height, minHeight, maxHeight);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(nscoord minWidth, nscoord minHeight,
|
|
nscoord maxWidth, nscoord maxHeight,
|
|
nscoord tentWidth, nscoord tentHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
// Now apply min/max-width/height - CSS 2.1 sections 10.4 and 10.7:
|
|
|
|
if (minWidth > maxWidth)
|
|
maxWidth = minWidth;
|
|
if (minHeight > maxHeight)
|
|
maxHeight = minHeight;
|
|
|
|
nscoord heightAtMaxWidth, heightAtMinWidth,
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight, widthAtMinHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (tentWidth > 0) {
|
|
heightAtMaxWidth = MULDIV(maxWidth, tentHeight, tentWidth);
|
|
if (heightAtMaxWidth < minHeight)
|
|
heightAtMaxWidth = minHeight;
|
|
heightAtMinWidth = MULDIV(minWidth, tentHeight, tentWidth);
|
|
if (heightAtMinWidth > maxHeight)
|
|
heightAtMinWidth = maxHeight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
heightAtMaxWidth = heightAtMinWidth = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentHeight, minHeight, maxHeight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tentHeight > 0) {
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight = MULDIV(maxHeight, tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|
if (widthAtMaxHeight < minWidth)
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight = minWidth;
|
|
widthAtMinHeight = MULDIV(minHeight, tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|
if (widthAtMinHeight > maxWidth)
|
|
widthAtMinHeight = maxWidth;
|
|
} else {
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight = widthAtMinHeight = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentWidth, minWidth, maxWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The table at http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths :
|
|
|
|
nscoord width, height;
|
|
|
|
if (tentWidth > maxWidth) {
|
|
if (tentHeight > maxHeight) {
|
|
if (int64_t(maxWidth) * int64_t(tentHeight) <=
|
|
int64_t(maxHeight) * int64_t(tentWidth)) {
|
|
width = maxWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMaxWidth;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = widthAtMaxHeight;
|
|
height = maxHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This also covers "(w > max-width) and (h < min-height)" since in
|
|
// that case (max-width/w < 1), and with (h < min-height):
|
|
// max(max-width * h/w, min-height) == min-height
|
|
width = maxWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMaxWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (tentWidth < minWidth) {
|
|
if (tentHeight < minHeight) {
|
|
if (int64_t(minWidth) * int64_t(tentHeight) <=
|
|
int64_t(minHeight) * int64_t(tentWidth)) {
|
|
width = widthAtMinHeight;
|
|
height = minHeight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = minWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMinWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This also covers "(w < min-width) and (h > max-height)" since in
|
|
// that case (min-width/w > 1), and with (h > max-height):
|
|
// min(min-width * h/w, max-height) == max-height
|
|
width = minWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMinWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (tentHeight > maxHeight) {
|
|
width = widthAtMaxHeight;
|
|
height = maxHeight;
|
|
} else if (tentHeight < minHeight) {
|
|
width = widthAtMinHeight;
|
|
height = minHeight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = tentWidth;
|
|
height = tentHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MinISizeFromInline(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation(),
|
|
"should not be container for font size inflation");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData data;
|
|
DISPLAY_MIN_WIDTH(aFrame, data.prevLines);
|
|
aFrame->AddInlineMinISize(aRenderingContext, &data);
|
|
data.ForceBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
return data.prevLines;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PrefISizeFromInline(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation(),
|
|
"should not be container for font size inflation");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData data;
|
|
DISPLAY_PREF_WIDTH(aFrame, data.prevLines);
|
|
aFrame->AddInlinePrefISize(aRenderingContext, &data);
|
|
data.ForceBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
return data.prevLines;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscolor
|
|
DarkenColor(nscolor aColor)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t hue, sat, value;
|
|
uint8_t alpha;
|
|
|
|
// convert the RBG to HSV so we can get the lightness (which is the v)
|
|
NS_RGB2HSV(aColor, hue, sat, value, alpha);
|
|
|
|
// The goal here is to send white to black while letting colored
|
|
// stuff stay colored... So we adopt the following approach.
|
|
// Something with sat = 0 should end up with value = 0. Something
|
|
// with a high sat can end up with a high value and it's ok.... At
|
|
// the same time, we don't want to make things lighter. Do
|
|
// something simple, since it seems to work.
|
|
if (value > sat) {
|
|
value = sat;
|
|
// convert this color back into the RGB color space.
|
|
NS_HSV2RGB(aColor, hue, sat, value, alpha);
|
|
}
|
|
return aColor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check whether we should darken text/decoration colors. We need to do this if
|
|
// background images and colors are being suppressed, because that means
|
|
// light text will not be visible against the (presumed light-colored) background.
|
|
static bool
|
|
ShouldDarkenColors(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return !aPresContext->GetBackgroundColorDraw() &&
|
|
!aPresContext->GetBackgroundImageDraw();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscolor
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetColor(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
nscolor color = aFrame->GetVisitedDependentColor(aProperty);
|
|
if (ShouldDarkenColors(aFrame->PresContext())) {
|
|
color = DarkenColor(color);
|
|
}
|
|
return color;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetSnappedBaselineY(nsIFrame* aFrame, gfxContext* aContext,
|
|
nscoord aY, nscoord aAscent)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxFloat appUnitsPerDevUnit = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxFloat baseline = gfxFloat(aY) + aAscent;
|
|
gfxRect putativeRect(0, baseline/appUnitsPerDevUnit, 1, 1);
|
|
if (!aContext->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(putativeRect, true))
|
|
return baseline;
|
|
return aContext->DeviceToUser(putativeRect.TopLeft()).y * appUnitsPerDevUnit;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawString(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|
const char16_t* aString,
|
|
int32_t aLength,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel level =
|
|
nsBidiPresUtils::BidiLevelFromStyle(aStyleContext ?
|
|
aStyleContext : aFrame->StyleContext());
|
|
rv = nsBidiPresUtils::RenderText(aString, aLength, level,
|
|
presContext, *aContext, *aContext,
|
|
aPoint.x, aPoint.y);
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
{
|
|
aContext->SetTextRunRTL(false);
|
|
aContext->DrawString(aString, aLength, aPoint.x, aPoint.y);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStringWidth(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|
const char16_t* aString,
|
|
int32_t aLength)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel level =
|
|
nsBidiPresUtils::BidiLevelFromStyle(aFrame->StyleContext());
|
|
return nsBidiPresUtils::MeasureTextWidth(aString, aLength,
|
|
level, presContext, *aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
aContext->SetTextRunRTL(false);
|
|
return aContext->GetWidth(aString, aLength);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PaintTextShadow(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|
const nsRect& aTextRect,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
const nscolor& aForegroundColor,
|
|
TextShadowCallback aCallback,
|
|
void* aCallbackData)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleText* textStyle = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|
if (!textStyle->HasTextShadow())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Text shadow happens with the last value being painted at the back,
|
|
// ie. it is painted first.
|
|
gfxContext* aDestCtx = aContext->ThebesContext();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = textStyle->mTextShadow->Length(); i > 0; --i) {
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadowDetails = textStyle->mTextShadow->ShadowAt(i - 1);
|
|
nsPoint shadowOffset(shadowDetails->mXOffset,
|
|
shadowDetails->mYOffset);
|
|
nscoord blurRadius = std::max(shadowDetails->mRadius, 0);
|
|
|
|
nsRect shadowRect(aTextRect);
|
|
shadowRect.MoveBy(shadowOffset);
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presCtx = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur contextBoxBlur;
|
|
gfxContext* shadowContext = contextBoxBlur.Init(shadowRect, 0, blurRadius,
|
|
presCtx->AppUnitsPerDevPixel(),
|
|
aDestCtx, aDirtyRect, nullptr);
|
|
if (!shadowContext)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
nscolor shadowColor;
|
|
if (shadowDetails->mHasColor)
|
|
shadowColor = shadowDetails->mColor;
|
|
else
|
|
shadowColor = aForegroundColor;
|
|
|
|
// Conjure an nsRenderingContext from a gfxContext for drawing the text
|
|
// to blur.
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsRenderingContext> renderingContext = new nsRenderingContext();
|
|
renderingContext->Init(presCtx->DeviceContext(), shadowContext);
|
|
|
|
aDestCtx->Save();
|
|
aDestCtx->NewPath();
|
|
aDestCtx->SetColor(gfxRGBA(shadowColor));
|
|
|
|
// The callback will draw whatever we want to blur as a shadow.
|
|
aCallback(renderingContext, shadowOffset, shadowColor, aCallbackData);
|
|
|
|
contextBoxBlur.DoPaint();
|
|
aDestCtx->Restore();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCenteredFontBaseline(nsFontMetrics* aFontMetrics,
|
|
nscoord aLineHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord fontAscent = aFontMetrics->MaxAscent();
|
|
nscoord fontHeight = aFontMetrics->MaxHeight();
|
|
|
|
nscoord leading = aLineHeight - fontHeight;
|
|
return fontAscent + leading/2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(WritingMode aWritingMode,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
LinePosition position;
|
|
if (!GetFirstLinePosition(aWritingMode, aFrame, &position))
|
|
return false;
|
|
*aResult = position.mBaseline;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLinePosition(WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
LinePosition* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsBlockFrame* block = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|
if (!block) {
|
|
// For the first-line baseline we also have to check for a table, and if
|
|
// so, use the baseline of its first row.
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame) {
|
|
aResult->mBStart = 0;
|
|
aResult->mBaseline = aFrame->GetLogicalBaseline(aWM);
|
|
// This is what we want for the list bullet caller; not sure if
|
|
// other future callers will want the same.
|
|
aResult->mBEnd = aFrame->BSize(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For first-line baselines, we have to consider scroll frames.
|
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *sFrame = do_QueryFrame(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|
if (!sFrame) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("not scroll frame");
|
|
}
|
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM,
|
|
sFrame->GetScrolledFrame(), &kidPosition)) {
|
|
// Consider only the border and padding that contributes to the
|
|
// kid's position, not the scrolling, so we get the initial
|
|
// position.
|
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|
aFrame->GetLogicalUsedBorderAndPadding(aWM).BStart(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::fieldSetFrame) {
|
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
// kid might be a legend frame here, but that's ok.
|
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM, kid, &kidPosition)) {
|
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, aFrame->GetSize().width).B(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// No baseline.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (nsBlockFrame::const_line_iterator line = block->begin_lines(),
|
|
line_end = block->end_lines();
|
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|
nsIFrame *kid = line->mFirstChild;
|
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM, kid, &kidPosition)) {
|
|
//XXX Not sure if this is the correct value to use for container
|
|
// width here. It will only be used in vertical-rl layout,
|
|
// which we don't have full support and testing for yet.
|
|
nscoord containerWidth = line->mContainerWidth;
|
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// XXX Is this the right test? We have some bogus empty lines
|
|
// floating around, but IsEmpty is perhaps too weak.
|
|
if (line->BSize() != 0 || !line->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
nscoord bStart = line->BStart();
|
|
aResult->mBStart = bStart;
|
|
aResult->mBaseline = bStart + line->GetLogicalAscent();
|
|
aResult->mBEnd = bStart + line->BSize();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetLastLineBaseline(WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsBlockFrame* block = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|
if (!block)
|
|
// No baseline. (We intentionally don't descend into scroll frames.)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
for (nsBlockFrame::const_reverse_line_iterator line = block->rbegin_lines(),
|
|
line_end = block->rend_lines();
|
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|
nsIFrame *kid = line->mFirstChild;
|
|
nscoord kidBaseline;
|
|
nscoord containerWidth = line->mContainerWidth;
|
|
if (GetLastLineBaseline(aWM, kid, &kidBaseline)) {
|
|
// Ignore relative positioning for baseline calculations
|
|
*aResult = kidBaseline +
|
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (kid->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
// Use the bottom of the scroll frame.
|
|
// XXX CSS2.1 really doesn't say what to do here.
|
|
*aResult = kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM) +
|
|
kid->BSize(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// XXX Is this the right test? We have some bogus empty lines
|
|
// floating around, but IsEmpty is perhaps too weak.
|
|
if (line->BSize() != 0 || !line->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
*aResult = line->BStart() + line->GetLogicalAscent();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
CalculateBlockContentBEnd(WritingMode aWM, nsBlockFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null ptr");
|
|
|
|
nscoord contentBEnd = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (nsBlockFrame::line_iterator line = aFrame->begin_lines(),
|
|
line_end = aFrame->end_lines();
|
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = line->mFirstChild;
|
|
nscoord containerWidth = line->mContainerWidth;
|
|
nscoord offset =
|
|
child->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM);
|
|
contentBEnd =
|
|
std::max(contentBEnd,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateContentBEnd(aWM, child) + offset);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
contentBEnd = std::max(contentBEnd, line->BEnd());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return contentBEnd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateContentBEnd(WritingMode aWM, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null ptr");
|
|
|
|
nscoord contentBEnd = aFrame->BSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
// We want scrollable overflow rather than visual because this
|
|
// calculation is intended to affect layout.
|
|
LogicalSize overflowSize(aWM, aFrame->GetScrollableOverflowRect().Size());
|
|
if (overflowSize.BSize(aWM) > contentBEnd) {
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIDs skip(nsIFrame::kOverflowList |
|
|
nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList |
|
|
nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList);
|
|
nsBlockFrame* blockFrame = GetAsBlock(aFrame);
|
|
if (blockFrame) {
|
|
contentBEnd =
|
|
std::max(contentBEnd, CalculateBlockContentBEnd(aWM, blockFrame));
|
|
skip |= nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aFrame);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
if (!skip.Contains(lists.CurrentID())) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
nscoord offset =
|
|
child->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM,
|
|
aFrame->GetSize().width).B(aWM);
|
|
contentBEnd = std::max(contentBEnd,
|
|
CalculateContentBEnd(aWM, child) + offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return contentBEnd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestLayer(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* layer;
|
|
for (layer = aFrame; layer; layer = layer->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (layer->IsPositioned() ||
|
|
(layer->GetParent() &&
|
|
layer->GetParent()->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (layer)
|
|
return layer;
|
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GraphicsFilter
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetGraphicsFilterForFrame(nsIFrame* aForFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
GraphicsFilter defaultFilter = GraphicsFilter::FILTER_GOOD;
|
|
nsStyleContext *sc;
|
|
if (nsCSSRendering::IsCanvasFrame(aForFrame)) {
|
|
nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aForFrame, &sc);
|
|
} else {
|
|
sc = aForFrame->StyleContext();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (sc->StyleSVG()->mImageRendering) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_OPTIMIZESPEED:
|
|
return GraphicsFilter::FILTER_FAST;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_OPTIMIZEQUALITY:
|
|
return GraphicsFilter::FILTER_BEST;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_CRISPEDGES:
|
|
return GraphicsFilter::FILTER_NEAREST;
|
|
default:
|
|
return defaultFilter;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given an image being drawn into an appunit coordinate system, and
|
|
* a point in that coordinate system, map the point back into image
|
|
* pixel space.
|
|
* @param aSize the size of the image, in pixels
|
|
* @param aDest the rectangle that the image is being mapped into
|
|
* @param aPt a point in the same coordinate system as the rectangle
|
|
*/
|
|
static gfxPoint
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(const gfxSize& aSize,
|
|
const gfxRect& aDest, const gfxPoint& aPt)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPoint(((aPt.x - aDest.X())*aSize.width)/aDest.Width(),
|
|
((aPt.y - aDest.Y())*aSize.height)/aDest.Height());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given an image being drawn into an pixel-based coordinate system, and
|
|
* a point in image space, map the point into the pixel-based coordinate
|
|
* system.
|
|
* @param aSize the size of the image, in pixels
|
|
* @param aDest the rectangle that the image is being mapped into
|
|
* @param aPt a point in image space
|
|
*/
|
|
static gfxPoint
|
|
MapToFloatUserPixels(const gfxSize& aSize,
|
|
const gfxRect& aDest, const gfxPoint& aPt)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPoint(aPt.x*aDest.Width()/aSize.width + aDest.X(),
|
|
aPt.y*aDest.Height()/aSize.height + aDest.Y());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ gfxRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(const nsRect& aRect, int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxRect(gfxFloat(aRect.x) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(aRect.y) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(aRect.width) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(aRect.height) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct SnappedImageDrawingParameters {
|
|
// A transform from either device space or user space (depending on mResetCTM)
|
|
// to image space
|
|
gfxMatrix mUserSpaceToImageSpace;
|
|
// A device-space, pixel-aligned rectangle to fill
|
|
gfxRect mFillRect;
|
|
// A pixel rectangle in tiled image space outside of which gfx should not
|
|
// sample (using EXTEND_PAD as necessary)
|
|
nsIntRect mSubimage;
|
|
// Whether there's anything to draw at all
|
|
bool mShouldDraw;
|
|
// true iff the CTM of the rendering context needs to be reset to the
|
|
// identity matrix before drawing
|
|
bool mResetCTM;
|
|
|
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters()
|
|
: mShouldDraw(false)
|
|
, mResetCTM(false)
|
|
{}
|
|
|
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters(const gfxMatrix& aUserSpaceToImageSpace,
|
|
const gfxRect& aFillRect,
|
|
const nsIntRect& aSubimage,
|
|
bool aResetCTM)
|
|
: mUserSpaceToImageSpace(aUserSpaceToImageSpace)
|
|
, mFillRect(aFillRect)
|
|
, mSubimage(aSubimage)
|
|
, mShouldDraw(true)
|
|
, mResetCTM(aResetCTM)
|
|
{}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
TileNearRect(const nsRect& aAnyTile, const nsRect& aTargetRect)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint distance = aTargetRect.TopLeft() - aAnyTile.TopLeft();
|
|
return aAnyTile + nsPoint(distance.x / aAnyTile.width * aAnyTile.width,
|
|
distance.y / aAnyTile.height * aAnyTile.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a set of input parameters, compute certain output parameters
|
|
* for drawing an image with the image snapping algorithm.
|
|
* See https://wiki.mozilla.org/Gecko:Image_Snapping_and_Rendering
|
|
*
|
|
* @see nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage() for the descriptions of input parameters
|
|
*/
|
|
static SnappedImageDrawingParameters
|
|
ComputeSnappedImageDrawingParameters(gfxContext* aCtx,
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
const nsRect aDest,
|
|
const nsRect aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect aDirty,
|
|
const nsIntSize aImageSize)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
if (aDest.IsEmpty() || aFill.IsEmpty() || !aImageSize.width || !aImageSize.height)
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
|
|
// Avoid unnecessarily large offsets.
|
|
bool doTile = !aDest.Contains(aFill);
|
|
nsRect dest = doTile ? TileNearRect(aDest, aFill.Intersect(aDirty)) : aDest;
|
|
nsPoint anchor = aAnchor + (dest.TopLeft() - aDest.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
gfxRect devPixelDest =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(dest, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
gfxRect devPixelFill =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aFill, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
gfxRect devPixelDirty =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aDirty, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix currentMatrix = aCtx->CurrentMatrix();
|
|
gfxRect fill = devPixelFill;
|
|
bool didSnap;
|
|
// Snap even if we have a scale in the context. But don't snap if
|
|
// we have something that's not translation+scale, or if the scale flips in
|
|
// the X or Y direction, because snapped image drawing can't handle that yet.
|
|
if (!currentMatrix.HasNonAxisAlignedTransform() &&
|
|
currentMatrix._11 > 0.0 && currentMatrix._22 > 0.0 &&
|
|
aCtx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(fill, true)) {
|
|
didSnap = true;
|
|
if (fill.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
didSnap = false;
|
|
fill = devPixelFill;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxSize imageSize(aImageSize.width, aImageSize.height);
|
|
|
|
// Compute the set of pixels that would be sampled by an ideal rendering
|
|
gfxPoint subimageTopLeft =
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, devPixelFill.TopLeft());
|
|
gfxPoint subimageBottomRight =
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, devPixelFill.BottomRight());
|
|
nsIntRect intSubimage;
|
|
intSubimage.MoveTo(NSToIntFloor(subimageTopLeft.x),
|
|
NSToIntFloor(subimageTopLeft.y));
|
|
intSubimage.SizeTo(NSToIntCeil(subimageBottomRight.x) - intSubimage.x,
|
|
NSToIntCeil(subimageBottomRight.y) - intSubimage.y);
|
|
|
|
// Compute the anchor point and compute final fill rect.
|
|
// This code assumes that pixel-based devices have one pixel per
|
|
// device unit!
|
|
gfxPoint anchorPoint(gfxFloat(anchor.x)/aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(anchor.y)/aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
gfxPoint imageSpaceAnchorPoint =
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, anchorPoint);
|
|
|
|
if (didSnap) {
|
|
imageSpaceAnchorPoint.Round();
|
|
anchorPoint = imageSpaceAnchorPoint;
|
|
anchorPoint = MapToFloatUserPixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, anchorPoint);
|
|
anchorPoint = currentMatrix.Transform(anchorPoint);
|
|
anchorPoint.Round();
|
|
|
|
// This form of Transform is safe to call since non-axis-aligned
|
|
// transforms wouldn't be snapped.
|
|
devPixelDirty = currentMatrix.Transform(devPixelDirty);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat scaleX = imageSize.width*aAppUnitsPerDevPixel/aDest.width;
|
|
gfxFloat scaleY = imageSize.height*aAppUnitsPerDevPixel/aDest.height;
|
|
if (didSnap) {
|
|
// We'll reset aCTX to the identity matrix before drawing, so we need to
|
|
// adjust our scales to match.
|
|
scaleX /= currentMatrix._11;
|
|
scaleY /= currentMatrix._22;
|
|
}
|
|
gfxFloat translateX = imageSpaceAnchorPoint.x - anchorPoint.x*scaleX;
|
|
gfxFloat translateY = imageSpaceAnchorPoint.y - anchorPoint.y*scaleY;
|
|
gfxMatrix transform(scaleX, 0, 0, scaleY, translateX, translateY);
|
|
|
|
gfxRect finalFillRect = fill;
|
|
// If the user-space-to-image-space transform is not a straight
|
|
// translation by integers, then filtering will occur, and
|
|
// restricting the fill rect to the dirty rect would change the values
|
|
// computed for edge pixels, which we can't allow.
|
|
// Also, if didSnap is false then rounding out 'devPixelDirty' might not
|
|
// produce pixel-aligned coordinates, which would also break the values
|
|
// computed for edge pixels.
|
|
if (didSnap && !transform.HasNonIntegerTranslation()) {
|
|
devPixelDirty.RoundOut();
|
|
finalFillRect = fill.Intersect(devPixelDirty);
|
|
}
|
|
if (finalFillRect.IsEmpty())
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters(transform, finalFillRect, intSubimage,
|
|
didSnap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
DrawImageInternal(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
const nsIntSize& aImageSize,
|
|
const SVGImageContext* aSVGContext,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_Print) {
|
|
// We want vector images to be passed on as vector commands, not a raster
|
|
// image.
|
|
aImageFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_BYPASS_SURFACE_CACHE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aDest.Contains(aFill)) {
|
|
aImageFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_CLAMP;
|
|
}
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel =
|
|
aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxContext* ctx = aRenderingContext->ThebesContext();
|
|
|
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters drawingParams =
|
|
ComputeSnappedImageDrawingParameters(ctx, appUnitsPerDevPixel, aDest, aFill,
|
|
aAnchor, aDirty, aImageSize);
|
|
|
|
if (!drawingParams.mShouldDraw)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
gfxContextMatrixAutoSaveRestore saveMatrix(ctx);
|
|
if (drawingParams.mResetCTM) {
|
|
ctx->IdentityMatrix();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aImage->Draw(ctx, aGraphicsFilter, drawingParams.mUserSpaceToImageSpace,
|
|
drawingParams.mFillRect, drawingParams.mSubimage, aImageSize,
|
|
aSVGContext, imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT, aImageFlags);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleUnscaledImage(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsPoint& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect* aDirty,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|
const nsRect* aSourceArea)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIntSize imageSize;
|
|
aImage->GetWidth(&imageSize.width);
|
|
aImage->GetHeight(&imageSize.height);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(imageSize.width > 0 && imageSize.height > 0, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
nsSize size(imageSize.width*appUnitsPerCSSPixel,
|
|
imageSize.height*appUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
|
|
|
nsRect source;
|
|
if (aSourceArea) {
|
|
source = *aSourceArea;
|
|
} else {
|
|
source.SizeTo(size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect dest(aDest - source.TopLeft(), size);
|
|
nsRect fill(aDest, source.Size());
|
|
// Ensure that only a single image tile is drawn. If aSourceArea extends
|
|
// outside the image bounds, we want to honor the aSourceArea-to-aDest
|
|
// translation but we don't want to actually tile the image.
|
|
fill.IntersectRect(fill, dest);
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aRenderingContext, aPresContext,
|
|
aImage, aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
dest, fill, aDest, aDirty ? *aDirty : dest,
|
|
imageSize, nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleImage(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
const SVGImageContext* aSVGContext,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|
const nsRect* aSourceArea)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIntSize imageSize;
|
|
if (aImage->GetType() == imgIContainer::TYPE_VECTOR) {
|
|
// We choose a size for vector images that emulates a raster image which
|
|
// is perfectly sized for the destination rect: each pixel in the image
|
|
// maps exactly to a single pixel on-screen.
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerDevPx =
|
|
aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
imageSize.width = NSAppUnitsToIntPixels(aDest.width, appUnitsPerDevPx);
|
|
imageSize.height = NSAppUnitsToIntPixels(aDest.height, appUnitsPerDevPx);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Raster images have an intrinsic size, so we just use that.
|
|
aImage->GetWidth(&imageSize.width);
|
|
aImage->GetHeight(&imageSize.height);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(imageSize.width > 0 && imageSize.height > 0, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
|
|
nsRect source;
|
|
if (aSourceArea) {
|
|
source = *aSourceArea;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
source.SizeTo(imageSize.width*appUnitsPerCSSPixel,
|
|
imageSize.height*appUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect dest = nsLayoutUtils::GetWholeImageDestination(imageSize, source,
|
|
aDest);
|
|
// Ensure that only a single image tile is drawn. If aSourceArea extends
|
|
// outside the image bounds, we want to honor the aSourceArea-to-aDest
|
|
// transform but we don't want to actually tile the image.
|
|
nsRect fill;
|
|
fill.IntersectRect(aDest, dest);
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aRenderingContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, dest, fill,
|
|
fill.TopLeft(), aDirty, imageSize, aSVGContext, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeForDrawing(imgIContainer *aImage,
|
|
nsIntSize& aImageSize, /*outparam*/
|
|
nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio, /*outparam*/
|
|
bool& aGotWidth, /*outparam*/
|
|
bool& aGotHeight /*outparam*/)
|
|
{
|
|
aGotWidth = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetWidth(&aImageSize.width));
|
|
aGotHeight = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetHeight(&aImageSize.height));
|
|
bool gotRatio = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetIntrinsicRatio(&aIntrinsicRatio));
|
|
|
|
if (!(aGotWidth && aGotHeight) && !gotRatio) {
|
|
// We hit an error (say, because the image failed to load or couldn't be
|
|
// decoded) and should return zero size.
|
|
aGotWidth = aGotHeight = true;
|
|
aImageSize = nsIntSize(0, 0);
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio = nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawBackgroundImage(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
const nsIntSize& aImageSize,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "DrawBackgroundImage",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
if (UseBackgroundNearestFiltering()) {
|
|
aGraphicsFilter = GraphicsFilter::FILTER_NEAREST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aRenderingContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
aDest, aFill, aAnchor, aDirty,
|
|
aImageSize, nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIntSize imageSize;
|
|
nsSize imageRatio;
|
|
bool gotHeight, gotWidth;
|
|
ComputeSizeForDrawing(aImage, imageSize, imageRatio, gotWidth, gotHeight);
|
|
|
|
// XXX Dimensionless images shouldn't fall back to filled-area size -- the
|
|
// caller should provide the image size, a la DrawBackgroundImage.
|
|
if (gotWidth != gotHeight) {
|
|
if (!gotWidth) {
|
|
if (imageRatio.height != 0) {
|
|
imageSize.width =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(imageSize.height,
|
|
float(imageRatio.width) /
|
|
float(imageRatio.height));
|
|
gotWidth = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (imageRatio.width != 0) {
|
|
imageSize.height =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(imageSize.width,
|
|
float(imageRatio.height) /
|
|
float(imageRatio.width));
|
|
gotHeight = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!gotWidth) {
|
|
imageSize.width = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aFill.width);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!gotHeight) {
|
|
imageSize.height = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aFill.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aRenderingContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
aDest, aFill, aAnchor, aDirty,
|
|
imageSize, nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetWholeImageDestination(const nsIntSize& aWholeImageSize,
|
|
const nsRect& aImageSourceArea,
|
|
const nsRect& aDestArea)
|
|
{
|
|
double scaleX = double(aDestArea.width)/aImageSourceArea.width;
|
|
double scaleY = double(aDestArea.height)/aImageSourceArea.height;
|
|
nscoord destOffsetX = NSToCoordRound(aImageSourceArea.x*scaleX);
|
|
nscoord destOffsetY = NSToCoordRound(aImageSourceArea.y*scaleY);
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
nscoord wholeSizeX = NSToCoordRound(aWholeImageSize.width*appUnitsPerCSSPixel*scaleX);
|
|
nscoord wholeSizeY = NSToCoordRound(aWholeImageSize.height*appUnitsPerCSSPixel*scaleY);
|
|
return nsRect(aDestArea.TopLeft() - nsPoint(destOffsetX, destOffsetY),
|
|
nsSize(wholeSizeX, wholeSizeY));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ already_AddRefed<imgIContainer>
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::OrientImage(imgIContainer* aContainer,
|
|
const nsStyleImageOrientation& aOrientation)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aContainer, "Should have an image container");
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> img(aContainer);
|
|
|
|
if (aOrientation.IsFromImage()) {
|
|
img = ImageOps::Orient(img, img->GetOrientation());
|
|
} else if (!aOrientation.IsDefault()) {
|
|
Angle angle = aOrientation.Angle();
|
|
Flip flip = aOrientation.IsFlipped() ? Flip::Horizontal
|
|
: Flip::Unflipped;
|
|
img = ImageOps::Orient(img, Orientation(angle, flip));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return img.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool NonZeroStyleCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
// Since negative results are clamped to 0, check > 0.
|
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, nscoord_MAX) > 0 ||
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, 0) > 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCorner(const nsStyleCorners& aCorners)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (NonZeroStyleCoord(aCorners.Get(corner)))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// aCorner is a "full corner" value, i.e. NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT etc
|
|
static bool IsCornerAdjacentToSide(uint8_t aCorner, css::Side aSide)
|
|
{
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_TOP == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_RIGHT == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_LEFT == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_TOP == ((NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT - 1)&3));
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_RIGHT == ((NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT - 1)&3));
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == ((NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT - 1)&3));
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_LEFT == ((NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT - 1)&3));
|
|
|
|
return aSide == aCorner || aSide == ((aCorner - 1)&3);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCornerOnSide(const nsStyleCorners& aCorners,
|
|
css::Side aSide)
|
|
{
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
// corner is a "half corner" value, so dividing by two gives us a
|
|
// "full corner" value.
|
|
if (NonZeroStyleCoord(aCorners.Get(corner)) &&
|
|
IsCornerAdjacentToSide(corner/2, aSide))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsTransparencyMode
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameTransparency(nsIFrame* aBackgroundFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCSSRootFrame) {
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mOpacity < 1.0f)
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
|
|
if (HasNonZeroCorner(aCSSRootFrame->StyleBorder()->mBorderRadius))
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mAppearance == NS_THEME_WIN_GLASS)
|
|
return eTransparencyGlass;
|
|
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mAppearance == NS_THEME_WIN_BORDERLESS_GLASS)
|
|
return eTransparencyBorderlessGlass;
|
|
|
|
nsITheme::Transparency transparency;
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->IsThemed(&transparency))
|
|
return transparency == nsITheme::eTransparent
|
|
? eTransparencyTransparent
|
|
: eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|
|
|
// We need an uninitialized window to be treated as opaque because
|
|
// doing otherwise breaks window display effects on some platforms,
|
|
// specifically Vista. (bug 450322)
|
|
if (aBackgroundFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame &&
|
|
!aBackgroundFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild()) {
|
|
return eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* bgSC;
|
|
if (!nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aBackgroundFrame, &bgSC)) {
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleBackground* bg = bgSC->StyleBackground();
|
|
if (NS_GET_A(bg->mBackgroundColor) < 255 ||
|
|
// bottom layer's clip is used for the color
|
|
bg->BottomLayer().mClip != NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER)
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
return eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool IsPopupFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// aFrame is a popup it's the list control frame dropdown for a combobox.
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame) {
|
|
nsListControlFrame* lcf = static_cast<nsListControlFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|
return lcf->IsInDropDownMode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ... or if it's a XUL menupopup frame.
|
|
return frameType == nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// Optimization: the frame can't possibly be a popup if it has no view.
|
|
if (!aFrame->HasView()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!IsPopupFrame(aFrame), "popup frame must have a view");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return IsPopupFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// We could use GetRootPresContext() here if the
|
|
// NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP frame bit is set.
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
if (!f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP)) {
|
|
f = f->PresContext()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
} else if (IsPopup(f)) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
return f;
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetReferenceFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *f = aFrame;
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
if (f->IsTransformed() || IsPopup(f)) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformRootFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|
while (parent && parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(parent);
|
|
}
|
|
return parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextRunFlagsForStyle(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
|
|
const nsStyleText* aStyleText,
|
|
nscoord aLetterSpacing)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t result = 0;
|
|
if (aLetterSpacing != 0) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_DISABLE_OPTIONAL_LIGATURES;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aStyleText->mControlCharacterVisibility == NS_STYLE_CONTROL_CHARACTER_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_HIDE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (aStyleContext->StyleSVG()->mTextRendering) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_OPTIMIZESPEED:
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_OPTIMIZE_SPEED;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_AUTO:
|
|
if (aStyleFont->mFont.size <
|
|
aStyleContext->PresContext()->GetAutoQualityMinFontSize()) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_OPTIMIZE_SPEED;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRectDifferenceStrips(const nsRect& aR1, const nsRect& aR2,
|
|
nsRect* aHStrip, nsRect* aVStrip) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aR1.TopLeft() == aR2.TopLeft(),
|
|
"expected rects at the same position");
|
|
nsRect unionRect(aR1.x, aR1.y, std::max(aR1.width, aR2.width),
|
|
std::max(aR1.height, aR2.height));
|
|
nscoord VStripStart = std::min(aR1.width, aR2.width);
|
|
nscoord HStripStart = std::min(aR1.height, aR2.height);
|
|
*aVStrip = unionRect;
|
|
aVStrip->x += VStripStart;
|
|
aVStrip->width -= VStripStart;
|
|
*aHStrip = unionRect;
|
|
aHStrip->y += HStripStart;
|
|
aHStrip->height -= HStripStart;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDeviceContext*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDeviceContextForScreenInfo(nsPIDOMWindow* aWindow)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aWindow) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aWindow->GetDocShell();
|
|
while (docShell) {
|
|
// Now make sure our size is up to date. That will mean that the device
|
|
// context does the right thing on multi-monitor systems when we return it to
|
|
// the caller. It will also make sure that our prescontext has been created,
|
|
// if we're supposed to have one.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindow> win = docShell->GetWindow();
|
|
if (!win) {
|
|
// No reason to go on
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
win->EnsureSizeUpToDate();
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext;
|
|
docShell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(presContext));
|
|
if (presContext) {
|
|
nsDeviceContext* context = presContext->DeviceContext();
|
|
if (context) {
|
|
return context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> parentItem;
|
|
docShell->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentItem));
|
|
docShell = do_QueryInterface(parentItem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|
"IsReallyFixedPos called on frame not in tree");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mPosition ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED,
|
|
"IsReallyFixedPos called on non-'position:fixed' frame");
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom *parentType = aFrame->GetParent()->GetType();
|
|
return parentType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame ||
|
|
parentType == nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(nsIImageLoadingContent* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIRequest> imgRequest;
|
|
rv = aElement->GetRequest(nsIImageLoadingContent::CURRENT_REQUEST,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(imgRequest));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !imgRequest)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
imgRequest->GetImageStatus(&status);
|
|
if ((status & imgIRequest::STATUS_LOAD_COMPLETE) == 0) {
|
|
// Spec says to use GetComplete, but that only works on
|
|
// nsIDOMHTMLImageElement, and we support all sorts of other stuff
|
|
// here. Do this for now pending spec clarification.
|
|
result.mIsStillLoading = (status & imgIRequest::STATUS_ERROR) == 0;
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> principal;
|
|
rv = imgRequest->GetImagePrincipal(getter_AddRefs(principal));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> imgContainer;
|
|
rv = imgRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(imgContainer));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t noRasterize = aSurfaceFlags & SFE_NO_RASTERIZING_VECTORS;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t whichFrame = (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_WANT_FIRST_FRAME)
|
|
? (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FRAME_FIRST
|
|
: (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT;
|
|
uint32_t frameFlags = imgIContainer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE;
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_NO_COLORSPACE_CONVERSION)
|
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_DECODE_NO_COLORSPACE_CONVERSION;
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) {
|
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_DECODE_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA;
|
|
result.mIsPremultiplied = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t imgWidth, imgHeight;
|
|
rv = imgContainer->GetWidth(&imgWidth);
|
|
nsresult rv2 = imgContainer->GetHeight(&imgHeight);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || NS_FAILED(rv2))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (!noRasterize || imgContainer->GetType() == imgIContainer::TYPE_RASTER) {
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_WANT_IMAGE_SURFACE) {
|
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_WANT_DATA_SURFACE;
|
|
}
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = imgContainer->GetFrame(whichFrame, frameFlags);
|
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface) {
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
// The surface we return is likely to be cached. We don't want to have to
|
|
// convert to a surface that's compatible with aTarget each time it's used
|
|
// (that would result in terrible performance), so we convert once here
|
|
// upfront if aTarget is specified.
|
|
if (aTarget) {
|
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> optSurface =
|
|
aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|
if (optSurface) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = optSurface;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
result.mDrawInfo.mImgContainer = imgContainer;
|
|
result.mDrawInfo.mWhichFrame = whichFrame;
|
|
result.mDrawInfo.mDrawingFlags = frameFlags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t corsmode;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(imgRequest->GetCORSMode(&corsmode))) {
|
|
result.mCORSUsed = (corsmode != imgIRequest::CORS_NONE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result.mSize = gfxIntSize(imgWidth, imgHeight);
|
|
result.mPrincipal = principal.forget();
|
|
// no images, including SVG images, can load content from another domain.
|
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = false;
|
|
result.mImageRequest = imgRequest.forget();
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLImageElement *aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(static_cast<nsIImageLoadingContent*>(aElement),
|
|
aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLCanvasElement* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|
|
|
bool* isPremultiplied = nullptr;
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) {
|
|
isPremultiplied = &result.mIsPremultiplied;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxIntSize size = aElement->GetSize();
|
|
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = aElement->GetSurfaceSnapshot(isPremultiplied);
|
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface) {
|
|
// If the element doesn't have a context then we won't get a snapshot. The canvas spec wants us to not error and just
|
|
// draw nothing, so return an empty surface.
|
|
DrawTarget *ref = aTarget ? aTarget : gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()->ScreenReferenceDrawTarget();
|
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget> dt = ref->CreateSimilarDrawTarget(IntSize(size.width, size.height),
|
|
SurfaceFormat::B8G8R8A8);
|
|
if (dt) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = dt->Snapshot();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aTarget) {
|
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> opt = aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|
if (opt) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = opt;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Ensure that any future changes to the canvas trigger proper invalidation,
|
|
// in case this is being used by -moz-element()
|
|
aElement->MarkContextClean();
|
|
|
|
result.mSize = size;
|
|
result.mPrincipal = aElement->NodePrincipal();
|
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = aElement->IsWriteOnly();
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLVideoElement* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE((aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) == 0, "We can't support non-premultiplied alpha for video!");
|
|
|
|
uint16_t readyState;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aElement->GetReadyState(&readyState)) &&
|
|
(readyState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::HAVE_NOTHING ||
|
|
readyState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::HAVE_METADATA)) {
|
|
result.mIsStillLoading = true;
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If it doesn't have a principal, just bail
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> principal = aElement->GetCurrentPrincipal();
|
|
if (!principal)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
ImageContainer *container = aElement->GetImageContainer();
|
|
if (!container)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
mozilla::gfx::IntSize size;
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = container->GetCurrentAsSourceSurface(&size);
|
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (aTarget) {
|
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> opt = aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|
if (opt) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = opt;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result.mCORSUsed = aElement->GetCORSMode() != CORS_NONE;
|
|
result.mSize = ThebesIntSize(size);
|
|
result.mPrincipal = principal.forget();
|
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = false;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(dom::Element* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
// If it's a <canvas>, we may be able to just grab its internal surface
|
|
if (HTMLCanvasElement* canvas =
|
|
HTMLCanvasElement::FromContentOrNull(aElement)) {
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(canvas, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Maybe it's <video>?
|
|
if (HTMLVideoElement* video =
|
|
HTMLVideoElement::FromContentOrNull(aElement)) {
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(video, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Finally, check if it's a normal image
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIImageLoadingContent> imageLoader = do_QueryInterface(aElement);
|
|
|
|
if (!imageLoader) {
|
|
return SurfaceFromElementResult();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(imageLoader, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsIContent*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEditableRootContentByContentEditable(nsIDocument* aDocument)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the document is in designMode we should return nullptr.
|
|
if (!aDocument || aDocument->HasFlag(NODE_IS_EDITABLE)) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// contenteditable only works with HTML document.
|
|
// Note: Use nsIDOMHTMLDocument rather than nsIHTMLDocument for getting the
|
|
// body node because nsIDOMHTMLDocument::GetBody() does something
|
|
// additional work for some cases and nsEditor uses them.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLDocument> domHTMLDoc = do_QueryInterface(aDocument);
|
|
if (!domHTMLDoc) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Element* rootElement = aDocument->GetRootElement();
|
|
if (rootElement && rootElement->IsEditable()) {
|
|
return rootElement;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there are no editable root element, check its <body> element.
|
|
// Note that the body element could be <frameset> element.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLElement> body;
|
|
nsresult rv = domHTMLDoc->GetBody(getter_AddRefs(body));
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(body);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && content && content->IsEditable()) {
|
|
return content;
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertNoDuplicateContinuations(nsIFrame* aContainer,
|
|
const nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrameList.FirstChild(); f ; f = f->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
// Check only later continuations of f; we deal with checking the
|
|
// earlier continuations when we hit those earlier continuations in
|
|
// the frame list.
|
|
for (nsIFrame *c = f; (c = c->GetNextInFlow());) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(c->GetParent() != aContainer ||
|
|
!aFrameList.ContainsFrame(c),
|
|
"Two continuations of the same frame in the same "
|
|
"frame list");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Is one of aFrame's ancestors a letter frame?
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsInLetterFrame(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame *f = aFrame->GetParent(); f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::letterFrame) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertTreeOnlyEmptyNextInFlows(nsIFrame *aSubtreeRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aSubtreeRoot->GetPrevInFlow(),
|
|
"frame tree not empty, but caller reported complete status");
|
|
|
|
// Also assert that text frames map no text.
|
|
int32_t start, end;
|
|
nsresult rv = aSubtreeRoot->GetOffsets(start, end);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "GetOffsets failed");
|
|
// In some cases involving :first-letter, we'll partially unlink a
|
|
// continuation in the middle of a continuation chain from its
|
|
// previous and next continuations before destroying it, presumably so
|
|
// that we don't also destroy the later continuations. Once we've
|
|
// done this, GetOffsets returns incorrect values.
|
|
// For examples, see list of tests in
|
|
// https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=619021#c29
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(start == end || IsInLetterFrame(aSubtreeRoot),
|
|
"frame tree not empty, but caller reported complete status");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aSubtreeRoot);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertTreeOnlyEmptyNextInFlows(childFrames.get());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
if (!aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForText(aFrame, 0, INT32_MAX, true,
|
|
aFontFaceList);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListID childLists[] = { nsIFrame::kPrincipalList,
|
|
nsIFrame::kPopupList };
|
|
for (size_t i = 0; i < ArrayLength(childLists); ++i) {
|
|
nsFrameList children(aFrame->GetChildList(childLists[i]));
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|
child = nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameFor(child);
|
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(child, aFontFaceList);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(aFrame, aFontFaceList);
|
|
aFrame = GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForText(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
int32_t aStartOffset, int32_t aEndOffset,
|
|
bool aFollowContinuations,
|
|
nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextFrame* curr = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|
do {
|
|
int32_t fstart = std::max(curr->GetContentOffset(), aStartOffset);
|
|
int32_t fend = std::min(curr->GetContentEnd(), aEndOffset);
|
|
if (fstart >= fend) {
|
|
curr = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(curr->GetNextContinuation());
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// curr is overlapping with the offset we want
|
|
gfxSkipCharsIterator iter = curr->EnsureTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated);
|
|
gfxTextRun* textRun = curr->GetTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(textRun, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
|
|
|
|
// include continuations in the range that share the same textrun
|
|
nsTextFrame* next = nullptr;
|
|
if (aFollowContinuations && fend < aEndOffset) {
|
|
next = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(curr->GetNextContinuation());
|
|
while (next && next->GetTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated) == textRun) {
|
|
fend = std::min(next->GetContentEnd(), aEndOffset);
|
|
next = fend < aEndOffset ?
|
|
static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(next->GetNextContinuation()) : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t skipStart = iter.ConvertOriginalToSkipped(fstart);
|
|
uint32_t skipEnd = iter.ConvertOriginalToSkipped(fend);
|
|
aFontFaceList->AddFontsFromTextRun(textRun, skipStart, skipEnd - skipStart);
|
|
curr = next;
|
|
} while (aFollowContinuations && curr);
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
size_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SizeOfTextRunsForFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf,
|
|
bool clear)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
size_t total = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
nsTextFrame* textFrame = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
|
|
gfxTextRun *run = textFrame->GetTextRun(
|
|
(i != 0) ? nsTextFrame::eInflated : nsTextFrame::eNotInflated);
|
|
if (run) {
|
|
if (clear) {
|
|
run->ResetSizeOfAccountingFlags();
|
|
} else {
|
|
total += run->MaybeSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return total;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|
aFrame->GetChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|
|
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator childLists(childListArray);
|
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(childLists.CurrentList());
|
|
!e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
total += SizeOfTextRunsForFrames(e.get(), aMallocSizeOf, clear);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return total;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::Initialize()
|
|
{
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMaxRatio,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.maxRatio");
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationEmPerLine,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.emPerLine");
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMinTwips,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.minTwips");
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationLineThreshold,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.lineThreshold");
|
|
Preferences::AddIntVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMappingIntercept,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.mappingIntercept");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationForceEnabled,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.forceEnabled");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationDisabledInMasterProcess,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.disabledInMasterProcess");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInvalidationDebuggingIsEnabled,
|
|
"nglayout.debug.invalidation");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSVariablesEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.variables.enabled");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInterruptibleReflowEnabled,
|
|
"layout.interruptible-reflow.enabled");
|
|
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback(TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
nullptr);
|
|
|
|
nsComputedDOMStyle::RegisterPrefChangeCallbacks();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::Shutdown()
|
|
{
|
|
if (sContentMap) {
|
|
delete sContentMap;
|
|
sContentMap = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
|
|
nsComputedDOMStyle::UnregisterPrefChangeCallbacks();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RegisterImageRequest(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered && *aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
// Our request is already registered with the refresh driver, so
|
|
// no need to register it again.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|
if (!aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->AddImageRequest(aRequest)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to add image request");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
*aRequestRegistered = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RegisterImageRequestIfAnimated(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered && *aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
// Our request is already registered with the refresh driver, so
|
|
// no need to register it again.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(image)))) {
|
|
// Check to verify that the image is animated. If so, then add it to the
|
|
// list of images tracked by the refresh driver.
|
|
bool isAnimated = false;
|
|
nsresult rv = image->GetAnimated(&isAnimated);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isAnimated) {
|
|
if (!aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->AddImageRequest(aRequest)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to add image request");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
*aRequestRegistered = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DeregisterImageRequest(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deregister our imgIRequest with the refresh driver to
|
|
// complete tear-down, but only if it has been registered
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered && !*aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(image)))) {
|
|
aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->RemoveImageRequest(aRequest);
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
*aRequestRegistered = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PostRestyleEvent(Element* aElement,
|
|
nsRestyleHint aRestyleHint,
|
|
nsChangeHint aMinChangeHint)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIDocument* doc = aElement->GetComposedDoc();
|
|
if (doc) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> presShell = doc->GetShell();
|
|
if (presShell) {
|
|
presShell->GetPresContext()->RestyleManager()->PostRestyleEvent(
|
|
aElement, aRestyleHint, aMinChangeHint);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::nsSetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent, nsIAtom* aAttrName,
|
|
const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|
mAttrName(aAttrName),
|
|
mValue(aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::nsSetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent, nsIAtom* aAttrName,
|
|
int32_t aValue)
|
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|
mAttrName(aAttrName)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|
mValue.AppendInt(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::Run()
|
|
{
|
|
return mContent->SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, mAttrName, mValue, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsUnsetAttrRunnable::nsUnsetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAttrName)
|
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|
mAttrName(aAttrName)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsUnsetAttrRunnable::Run()
|
|
{
|
|
return mContent->UnsetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, mAttrName, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Compute the minimum font size inside of a container with the given
|
|
* width, such that **when the user zooms the container to fill the full
|
|
* width of the device**, the fonts satisfy our minima.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
MinimumFontSizeFor(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nscoord aContainerWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
|
|
|
|
uint32_t emPerLine = presShell->FontSizeInflationEmPerLine();
|
|
uint32_t minTwips = presShell->FontSizeInflationMinTwips();
|
|
if (emPerLine == 0 && minTwips == 0) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Clamp the container width to the device dimensions
|
|
nscoord iFrameWidth = aPresContext->GetVisibleArea().width;
|
|
nscoord effectiveContainerWidth = std::min(iFrameWidth, aContainerWidth);
|
|
|
|
nscoord byLine = 0, byInch = 0;
|
|
if (emPerLine != 0) {
|
|
byLine = effectiveContainerWidth / emPerLine;
|
|
}
|
|
if (minTwips != 0) {
|
|
// REVIEW: Is this giving us app units and sizes *not* counting
|
|
// viewport scaling?
|
|
float deviceWidthInches =
|
|
aPresContext->ScreenWidthInchesForFontInflation();
|
|
byInch = NSToCoordRound(effectiveContainerWidth /
|
|
(deviceWidthInches * 1440 /
|
|
minTwips ));
|
|
}
|
|
return std::max(byLine, byInch);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ float
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationInner(const nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
nscoord aMinFontSize)
|
|
{
|
|
// Note that line heights should be inflated by the same ratio as the
|
|
// font size of the same text; thus we operate only on the font size
|
|
// even when we're scaling a line height.
|
|
nscoord styleFontSize = aFrame->StyleFont()->mFont.size;
|
|
if (styleFontSize <= 0) {
|
|
// Never scale zero font size.
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aMinFontSize <= 0) {
|
|
// No need to scale.
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If between this current frame and its font inflation container there is a
|
|
// non-inline element with fixed width or height, then we should not inflate
|
|
// fonts for this frame.
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
f && !f->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation();
|
|
f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
nsIContent* content = f->GetContent();
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = f->GetType();
|
|
// Also, if there is more than one frame corresponding to a single
|
|
// content node, we want the outermost one.
|
|
if (!(f->GetParent() && f->GetParent()->GetContent() == content) &&
|
|
// ignore width/height on inlines since they don't apply
|
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame &&
|
|
// ignore width on radios and checkboxes since we enlarge them and
|
|
// they have width/height in ua.css
|
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::formControlFrame) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord stylePosWidth = f->StylePosition()->mWidth;
|
|
nsStyleCoord stylePosHeight = f->StylePosition()->mHeight;
|
|
if (stylePosWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
stylePosHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t interceptParam = nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationMappingIntercept();
|
|
float maxRatio = (float)nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationMaxRatio() / 100.0f;
|
|
|
|
float ratio = float(styleFontSize) / float(aMinFontSize);
|
|
float inflationRatio;
|
|
|
|
// Given a minimum inflated font size m, a specified font size s, we want to
|
|
// find the inflated font size i and then return the ratio of i to s (i/s).
|
|
if (interceptParam >= 0) {
|
|
// Since the mapping intercept parameter P is greater than zero, we use it
|
|
// to determine the point where our mapping function intersects the i=s
|
|
// line. This means that we have an equation of the form:
|
|
//
|
|
// i = m + s·(P/2)/(1 + P/2), if s <= (1 + P/2)·m
|
|
// i = s, if s >= (1 + P/2)·m
|
|
|
|
float intercept = 1 + float(interceptParam)/2.0f;
|
|
if (ratio >= intercept) {
|
|
// If we're already at 1+P/2 or more times the minimum, don't scale.
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The point (intercept, intercept) is where the part of the i vs. s graph
|
|
// that's not slope 1 meets the i=s line. (This part of the
|
|
// graph is a line from (0, m), to that point). We calculate the
|
|
// intersection point to be ((1+P/2)m, (1+P/2)m), where P is the
|
|
// intercept parameter above. We then need to return i/s.
|
|
inflationRatio = (1.0f + (ratio * (intercept - 1) / intercept)) / ratio;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This is the case where P is negative. We essentially want to implement
|
|
// the case for P=infinity here, so we make i = s + m, which means that
|
|
// i/s = s/s + m/s = 1 + 1/ratio
|
|
inflationRatio = 1 + 1.0f / ratio;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (maxRatio > 1.0 && inflationRatio > maxRatio) {
|
|
return maxRatio;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return inflationRatio;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
ShouldInflateFontsForContainer(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// We only want to inflate fonts for text that is in a place
|
|
// with room to expand. The question is what the best heuristic for
|
|
// that is...
|
|
// For now, we're going to use NS_FRAME_IN_CONSTRAINED_HEIGHT, which
|
|
// indicates whether the frame is inside something with a constrained
|
|
// height (propagating down the tree), but the propagation stops when
|
|
// we hit overflow-y: scroll or auto.
|
|
const nsStyleText* styleText = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|
|
|
return styleText->mTextSizeAdjust != NS_STYLE_TEXT_SIZE_ADJUST_NONE &&
|
|
!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IN_CONSTRAINED_HEIGHT) &&
|
|
// We also want to disable font inflation for containers that have
|
|
// preformatted text.
|
|
styleText->WhiteSpaceCanWrap(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::InflationMinFontSizeFor(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
if (!FontSizeInflationEnabled(presContext) ||
|
|
presContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (const nsIFrame *f = aFrame; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation()) {
|
|
if (!ShouldInflateFontsForContainer(f)) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFontInflationData *data =
|
|
nsFontInflationData::FindFontInflationDataFor(aFrame);
|
|
// FIXME: The need to null-check here is sort of a bug, and might
|
|
// lead to incorrect results.
|
|
if (!data || !data->InflationEnabled()) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MinimumFontSizeFor(aFrame->PresContext(),
|
|
data->EffectiveWidth());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "root should always be container");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationFor(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
const nsIFrame* container = aFrame;
|
|
while (container->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame) {
|
|
container = container->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(container, "expected to find an ancestor SVGTextFrame");
|
|
return
|
|
static_cast<const SVGTextFrame*>(container)->GetFontSizeScaleFactor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!FontSizeInflationEnabled(aFrame->PresContext())) {
|
|
return 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FontSizeInflationInner(aFrame, InflationMinFontSizeFor(aFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(nsPresContext *aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
|
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return presShell->FontSizeInflationEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBoxShadowRectForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsSize& aFrameSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* boxShadows = aFrame->StyleBorder()->mBoxShadow;
|
|
if (!boxShadows) {
|
|
return nsRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect shadows;
|
|
int32_t A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < boxShadows->Length(); ++i) {
|
|
nsRect tmpRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrameSize);
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = boxShadows->ShadowAt(i);
|
|
|
|
// inset shadows are never painted outside the frame
|
|
if (shadow->mInset)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(shadow->mSpread);
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D));
|
|
shadows.UnionRect(shadows, tmpRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return shadows;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UpdateImageVisibilityForFrame(nsIFrame* aImageFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsIAtom* type = aImageFrame->GetType();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(type == nsGkAtoms::imageFrame ||
|
|
type == nsGkAtoms::imageControlFrame ||
|
|
type == nsGkAtoms::svgImageFrame, "wrong type of frame");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIImageLoadingContent> content = do_QueryInterface(aImageFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aImageFrame->PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|
if (presShell->AssumeAllImagesVisible()) {
|
|
presShell->EnsureImageInVisibleList(content);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool visible = true;
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aImageFrame->GetParent();
|
|
nsRect rect = aImageFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
nsIFrame* rectFrame = aImageFrame;
|
|
while (f) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (sf) {
|
|
nsRect transformedRect =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(rectFrame, rect, f);
|
|
if (!sf->IsRectNearlyVisible(transformedRect)) {
|
|
visible = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Move transformedRect to be contained in the scrollport as best we can
|
|
// (it might not fit) to pretend that it was scrolled into view.
|
|
nsRect scrollPort = sf->GetScrollPortRect();
|
|
if (transformedRect.XMost() > scrollPort.XMost()) {
|
|
transformedRect.x -= transformedRect.XMost() - scrollPort.XMost();
|
|
}
|
|
if (transformedRect.x < scrollPort.x) {
|
|
transformedRect.x = scrollPort.x;
|
|
}
|
|
if (transformedRect.YMost() > scrollPort.YMost()) {
|
|
transformedRect.y -= transformedRect.YMost() - scrollPort.YMost();
|
|
}
|
|
if (transformedRect.y < scrollPort.y) {
|
|
transformedRect.y = scrollPort.y;
|
|
}
|
|
transformedRect.width = std::min(transformedRect.width, scrollPort.width);
|
|
transformedRect.height = std::min(transformedRect.height, scrollPort.height);
|
|
rect = transformedRect;
|
|
rectFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (parent && parent->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (visible) {
|
|
presShell->EnsureImageInVisibleList(content);
|
|
} else {
|
|
presShell->RemoveImageFromVisibleList(content);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerBounds(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect& aOutRect)
|
|
{
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aPresContext->GetDocShell();
|
|
if (!docShell) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv;
|
|
docShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(cv));
|
|
if (!cv) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect bounds;
|
|
cv->GetBounds(bounds);
|
|
aOutRect = LayoutDeviceIntRect::FromUntyped(bounds);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
|
|
// See the comments in the code that calculates the root
|
|
// composition bounds in RecordFrameMetrics.
|
|
// TODO: Reuse that code here.
|
|
bool isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame = presContext->IsRootContentDocument()
|
|
&& aFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
if (nsIFrame* rootFrame = presShell->GetRootFrame()) {
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = rootFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
#else
|
|
nsView* view = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = view ? view->GetWidget() : nullptr;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|
size = nsSize(widgetBounds.width * auPerDevPixel,
|
|
widgetBounds.height * auPerDevPixel);
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
nsSize frameSize = aFrame->GetSize();
|
|
if (frameSize.height < size.height) {
|
|
size.height = frameSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect contentBounds;
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerBounds(presContext, contentBounds)) {
|
|
size = LayoutDevicePixel::ToAppUnits(contentBounds.Size(), auPerDevPixel);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adjust composition bounds for the size of scroll bars.
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = aFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|
if (scrollableFrame && !LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_UseOverlayScrollbars)) {
|
|
nsMargin margins = scrollableFrame->GetActualScrollbarSizes();
|
|
size.width -= margins.LeftRight();
|
|
size.height -= margins.TopBottom();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ CSSSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
bool aIsRootContentDocRootScrollFrame,
|
|
const FrameMetrics& aMetrics)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aIsRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
return ViewAs<LayerPixel>(aMetrics.mCompositionBounds.Size(),
|
|
PixelCastJustification::ParentLayerToLayerForRootComposition)
|
|
/ aMetrics.LayersPixelsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
}
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
LayerSize rootCompositionSize;
|
|
nsPresContext* rootPresContext =
|
|
presContext->GetToplevelContentDocumentPresContext();
|
|
if (!rootPresContext) {
|
|
rootPresContext = presContext->GetRootPresContext();
|
|
}
|
|
nsIPresShell* rootPresShell = nullptr;
|
|
if (rootPresContext) {
|
|
// See the comments in the code that calculates the root
|
|
// composition bounds in RecordFrameMetrics.
|
|
// TODO: Reuse that code here.
|
|
nsIPresShell* rootPresShell = rootPresContext->PresShell();
|
|
if (nsIFrame* rootFrame = rootPresShell->GetRootFrame()) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale parentResolution(
|
|
rootPresShell->GetCumulativeResolution().width
|
|
/ rootPresShell->GetResolution().width);
|
|
int32_t rootAUPerDevPixel = rootPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
LayerSize frameSize = ViewAs<LayerPixel>(
|
|
(LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(rootFrame->GetRect(), rootAUPerDevPixel)
|
|
* parentResolution).Size(), PixelCastJustification::ParentLayerToLayerForRootComposition);
|
|
rootCompositionSize = frameSize;
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = rootFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
#else
|
|
nsView* view = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = view ? view->GetWidget() : nullptr;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|
rootCompositionSize = LayerSize(ViewAs<LayerPixel>(widgetBounds.Size()));
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
if (frameSize.height < rootCompositionSize.height) {
|
|
rootCompositionSize.height = frameSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect contentBounds;
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerBounds(rootPresContext, contentBounds)) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale scale(1.0f);
|
|
if (rootPresContext->GetParentPresContext()) {
|
|
gfxSize res = rootPresContext->GetParentPresContext()->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution();
|
|
scale = LayoutDeviceToLayerScale(res.width, res.height);
|
|
}
|
|
rootCompositionSize = contentBounds.Size() * scale;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
nsIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|
rootCompositionSize = LayerSize(ViewAs<LayerPixel>(widgetBounds.Size()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adjust composition size for the size of scroll bars.
|
|
nsIFrame* rootRootScrollFrame = rootPresShell ? rootPresShell->GetRootScrollFrame() : nullptr;
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame = nullptr;
|
|
if (rootRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
rootScrollableFrame = rootRootScrollFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
if (rootScrollableFrame && !LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_UseOverlayScrollbars)) {
|
|
CSSMargin margins = CSSMargin::FromAppUnits(rootScrollableFrame->GetActualScrollbarSizes());
|
|
// Scrollbars are not subject to scaling, so CSS pixels = layer pixels for them.
|
|
rootCompositionSize.width -= margins.LeftRight();
|
|
rootCompositionSize.height -= margins.TopBottom();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rootCompositionSize / aMetrics.LayersPixelsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollableFrame, nsIFrame* aRootFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect contentBounds;
|
|
if (aScrollableFrame) {
|
|
contentBounds = aScrollableFrame->GetScrollRange();
|
|
|
|
// We ifndef the below code for Fennec because it requires special behaviour
|
|
// on the APZC side. Because Fennec has it's own PZC implementation which doesn't
|
|
// provide the special behaviour, this code will cause it to break. We can remove
|
|
// the ifndef once Fennec switches over to APZ or if we add the special handling
|
|
// to Fennec
|
|
#if !defined(MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_ANDROID_APZ)
|
|
nsPoint scrollPosition = aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
if (aScrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles().mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|
contentBounds.y = scrollPosition.y;
|
|
contentBounds.height = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aScrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles().mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|
contentBounds.x = scrollPosition.x;
|
|
contentBounds.width = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
contentBounds.width += aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect().width;
|
|
contentBounds.height += aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect().height;
|
|
} else {
|
|
contentBounds = aRootFrame->GetRect();
|
|
}
|
|
return contentBounds;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateExpandedScrollableRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect scrollableRect =
|
|
CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(aFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame(),
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame());
|
|
nsSize compSize = CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame == aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|
// the composition size for the root scroll frame does not include the
|
|
// local resolution, so we adjust.
|
|
gfxSize res = aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetResolution();
|
|
compSize.width = NSToCoordRound(compSize.width / ((float) res.width));
|
|
compSize.height = NSToCoordRound(compSize.height / ((float) res.height));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (scrollableRect.width < compSize.width) {
|
|
scrollableRect.x = std::max(0,
|
|
scrollableRect.x - (compSize.width - scrollableRect.width));
|
|
scrollableRect.width = compSize.width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (scrollableRect.height < compSize.height) {
|
|
scrollableRect.y = std::max(0,
|
|
scrollableRect.y - (compSize.height - scrollableRect.height));
|
|
scrollableRect.height = compSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
return scrollableRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::WantSubAPZC()
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO Turn this on for inprocess OMTC on all platforms
|
|
bool wantSubAPZC = gfxPrefs::AsyncPanZoomEnabled() &&
|
|
gfxPrefs::APZSubframeEnabled();
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GONK
|
|
if (XRE_GetProcessType() != GeckoProcessType_Content) {
|
|
wantSubAPZC = false;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return wantSubAPZC;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UsesAsyncScrolling()
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
// We always have async scrolling for android
|
|
return true;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return gfxPrefs::AsyncPanZoomEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoLogTestDataForPaint(LayerManager* aManager,
|
|
ViewID aScrollId,
|
|
const std::string& aKey,
|
|
const std::string& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aManager->GetBackendType() == LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|
static_cast<ClientLayerManager*>(aManager)->LogTestDataForCurrentPaint(aScrollId, aKey, aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAPZTestLoggingEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPrefs::APZTestLoggingEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult::SurfaceFromElementResult()
|
|
// Use safe default values here
|
|
: mIsWriteOnly(true)
|
|
, mIsStillLoading(false)
|
|
, mCORSUsed(false)
|
|
, mIsPremultiplied(true)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsNonWrapperBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return GetAsBlock(aFrame) && !aFrame->IsBlockWrapper();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::NeedsPrintPreviewBackground(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return aPresContext->IsRootPaginatedDocument() &&
|
|
(aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PrintPreview ||
|
|
aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PageLayout);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation::AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// FIXME: Now that inflation calculations are based on the flow
|
|
// root's NCA's (nearest common ancestor of its inflatable
|
|
// descendants) width, we could probably disable inflation in
|
|
// fewer cases than we currently do.
|
|
if (aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation()) {
|
|
mPresContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
mOldValue = mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap;
|
|
mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// indicate we have nothing to restore
|
|
mPresContext = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation::~AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mPresContext) {
|
|
mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap = mOldValue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
namespace mozilla {
|
|
namespace layout {
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
MaybeSetupTransactionIdAllocator(layers::LayerManager* aManager, nsView* aView)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aManager->GetBackendType() == layers::LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|
layers::ClientLayerManager *manager = static_cast<layers::ClientLayerManager*>(aManager);
|
|
nsRefreshDriver *refresh = aView->GetViewManager()->GetPresShell()->GetPresContext()->RefreshDriver();
|
|
manager->SetTransactionIdAllocator(refresh);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsOutlineStyleAutoEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled;
|
|
static bool sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached) {
|
|
sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.outline-style-auto.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
return sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled;
|
|
}
|